Currently this thread is locked. We'll unlock it when the game begins. Now unlocked!
OOC Thread
Be sure to read and follow the guidelines for our forums.
Oct 31, 2017 3:20 pm
This thread is for Out of Character discussion. This is where the players can discuss what is happening in the game as themselves, not as their character. If I want to address you rather than your character, I will post that here.
Currently this thread is locked. We'll unlock it when the game begins. Now unlocked!
Currently this thread is locked. We'll unlock it when the game begins. Now unlocked!
Nov 7, 2017 4:03 am
I took some liberties with my entry in the game forum, based on everyone's bios, I think I've stayed pretty true to everyone's intent for their character and what I would see as Barennd Dankill. If I was off base my apologies, but it looked like we needed a starting point.
Nov 7, 2017 4:40 am
I like what you've done, and I don't have any problem with liberties. There's an edit button.
I have a couple quibbles with the characterizations of Kit, though. A lot of it's my own fault for not fully fleshing out my background, but I wanted to get it out there since I hadn't been able to work on it over my four-day weekend.
Anyway, yes Kit is from a wealthy family, but when he was disowned by his father, he was left with nothing. He had to work his way up to the position he most recently held in the theater, so he's familiar with performing for coppers in down-and-out inns and backwater pubs. Though he's no longer used to it, he's familiar with bedding down hungry on flea-ridden straw mats, hand never far from his dagger.
Originally the background I had envisioned was that Kit was a wanted man, but I changed it so that his uncle was the one who took the heat. That way, I wouldn't have to worry about dealing with Kit trying to hide his face and dodge the authorities wherever we went. As long as Kit left town and kept his head down, the crown would look the other way, sort of thing. The troubles would still be in Kit's immediate past, but it wouldn't have to become a focus for all the other characters to deal with. Although, if Kit had to hide, he is proficient with disguise and can imitate the voice and mannerisms of anyone he watches closely for a mere minute. And in a pinch, he can cast Disguise Self.
I have a couple quibbles with the characterizations of Kit, though. A lot of it's my own fault for not fully fleshing out my background, but I wanted to get it out there since I hadn't been able to work on it over my four-day weekend.
Anyway, yes Kit is from a wealthy family, but when he was disowned by his father, he was left with nothing. He had to work his way up to the position he most recently held in the theater, so he's familiar with performing for coppers in down-and-out inns and backwater pubs. Though he's no longer used to it, he's familiar with bedding down hungry on flea-ridden straw mats, hand never far from his dagger.
Originally the background I had envisioned was that Kit was a wanted man, but I changed it so that his uncle was the one who took the heat. That way, I wouldn't have to worry about dealing with Kit trying to hide his face and dodge the authorities wherever we went. As long as Kit left town and kept his head down, the crown would look the other way, sort of thing. The troubles would still be in Kit's immediate past, but it wouldn't have to become a focus for all the other characters to deal with. Although, if Kit had to hide, he is proficient with disguise and can imitate the voice and mannerisms of anyone he watches closely for a mere minute. And in a pinch, he can cast Disguise Self.
Nov 7, 2017 4:45 am
Edits away then. I enjoy writing so i can retool what I put I'll strike it through though in case straight up deleting is frowned upon.
Nov 7, 2017 4:49 am
I think your characterization of Kit is spot-on for the first few days of our journey. But once the reality of the situation was clear to him, he would have adjusted his attitude. He's arrogant and not terribly wise, but he is intelligent and good-spirited.
Nov 7, 2017 11:28 am
I liked your post as well. In fact it makes it easier for me to deal with my question which I was struggling with a bit.
Nov 7, 2017 12:14 pm
Was I able to submit my character properly? I do not see the option to "Post as Character" under Quick Reply.
Nov 7, 2017 2:11 pm
G3rmanicus says:
Was I able to submit my character properly? I do not see the option to "Post as Character" under Quick Reply.In other news, I may not be able to post mine until later today or tonight. I have a deadline coming up at work and it's a short week (state worker here, so I get all the holidays!), and it's tough composing anything more involved than game help or short posts at work right now. At home, I typically can't get on the computer until after the girl goes to bed.
Nov 7, 2017 4:23 pm
G3rmanicus, it should work now. I'm not sure what happened, but I didn't approve your character until this morning.
Starrbeardo, looks good :)
For everyone, don't worry about posting a masterpiece, just a short paragraph is fine. If this was at a table and we were face-to-face, you would spend at most 2-3 minutes on this, and say whatever came up off the top of your head. The asynchronous nature of PbP allows you to craft perfect prose, and if you have the time to do so then that's okay. But, if time is short, then a quick paragraph is more than sufficient.
The goal is to add some context so that we can start in the action without feeling like we're appearing out of the blue. Gives a bit of history and texture to the party and some material to role play with.
Starrbeardo, looks good :)
For everyone, don't worry about posting a masterpiece, just a short paragraph is fine. If this was at a table and we were face-to-face, you would spend at most 2-3 minutes on this, and say whatever came up off the top of your head. The asynchronous nature of PbP allows you to craft perfect prose, and if you have the time to do so then that's okay. But, if time is short, then a quick paragraph is more than sufficient.
The goal is to add some context so that we can start in the action without feeling like we're appearing out of the blue. Gives a bit of history and texture to the party and some material to role play with.
Nov 7, 2017 4:51 pm
Posted my piece. I didn't know all of Raishe's backstory so I may have taken a few liberties about where he comes from. If there are any problems, I should be able to edit it around 3 central time.
Nov 7, 2017 6:07 pm
Thanks! :D
@Daykinator
I see your character, Aegar, being a mentor-like figure to Iman since he rescued and kept him under is wing for a time. Let me know if im getting the wrong impression.
@Daykinator
I see your character, Aegar, being a mentor-like figure to Iman since he rescued and kept him under is wing for a time. Let me know if im getting the wrong impression.
Nov 7, 2017 6:17 pm
@G3rmanicus First off Happy Birthday!
Secondly I like that idea! I was thinking that Aegar might have taught Iman some basic fighting skills during the fall of the empire. And they hadn't really seen each other since coming across one another in Barendd's tavern before leaving on this journey. Aegar may even feel initially like he had failed Iman all those years ago, after seeing him having turned into a barbarian, and very much like the people who brought the empire to ruins. This would give Aegar a drive to mentor Iman to try and give him a more righteous path to follow. While also allowing Iman to fill some of the void that Aegar has with the loss of his wife and child.
Does this work with what you were thinking?
Secondly I like that idea! I was thinking that Aegar might have taught Iman some basic fighting skills during the fall of the empire. And they hadn't really seen each other since coming across one another in Barendd's tavern before leaving on this journey. Aegar may even feel initially like he had failed Iman all those years ago, after seeing him having turned into a barbarian, and very much like the people who brought the empire to ruins. This would give Aegar a drive to mentor Iman to try and give him a more righteous path to follow. While also allowing Iman to fill some of the void that Aegar has with the loss of his wife and child.
Does this work with what you were thinking?
Nov 7, 2017 10:03 pm
Jacketch says:
Posted my piece. I didn't know all of Raishe's backstory so I may have taken a few liberties about where he comes from. If there are any problems, I should be able to edit it around 3 central time.Oh, if anyone doesn't like anything I mentioned regarding your characters please let me know as well. I'll make sure to edit it if need be.
BTW, happy belated Birthday Len, and happy B-day too you too G3rmanicus!
Last edited November 8, 2017 12:19 am
Nov 8, 2017 3:07 am
Question, is there any restriction to the type of language used either in this game specifically or on the boards in general?
Nov 8, 2017 3:23 am
Well, gents, my tale is posted, and I don't think any of you will ever worry about the length of your posts again!
Nov 8, 2017 3:26 am
Oh, and everyone should be able to see my character sheet now. I thought I had already posted it to the library, but I guess not.
Nov 8, 2017 4:18 am
McDunno says:
Well, gents, my tale is posted, and I don't think any of you will ever worry about the length of your posts again!Nov 8, 2017 4:52 am
Thanks Daykinator! Everyone did a pretty great job. After the character building discussions, I wasn't expecting any of these to suck or anything, but I was kind of surprised how well a group of new players did with them. And the fact that everyone has become so invested in their characters already! I'm playing with a guy in my RL game who has two characters that I can't tell apart, even though one of them is a woman, and I've played with the guy for a year! They're pieces on a game board to him. It's frustrating, especially when I see what a group of new players who are enthusiastic can do.
Anyway, I noticed a couple things on some of the character sheets I thought I'd point out to everyone. Mostly good news. Mostly.
@Daykinator:
You should write down your Half-Elf abilities so you have them handy: Darkvision (within 60' dim light appears as bright light and darkness as dim light), Fey Ancestry (advantage on saving throws against being charmed and magic can't put you to sleep), Skill Versatility (you get to pick two more skills to be proficient in--I would recommend Stealth and Athletics), Languages (Common, Elvish, and one extra).
@Ramen:
The bad news is your AC is 17 not 18. Unfortunately, you have to subtract 1 because of your Dex.
The good news is that you have several more spells available to you. You should have a total of three cantrips and four 1st level spells to choose. On top of that, because you chose the Life Domain, you automatically have Bless and Cure Wounds in addition to the four 1st level spells.
@Jacketch:
Aside from your cantrips, you should have two different lists for your spells: one is a list of the spells in your spellbook (the six you started with); the second is the list of spells you have memorized (which for a 1st level Wizard with 16 Int is four spells). You can only cast a spell if you have it memorized. The good news is, unlike a sorcerer, you can change your spell list every day, and you can add any number of spells to your spellbook, as long as you come across them and have time to copy them. I would recommend leaving Identify and Detect Magic in your spellbook and not memorizing them. As a Wizard, you can cast ritual spells straight out of your spellbook, it just takes longer (10 minutes for Detect Magic and 11 for Identify). Also, you should add Arcane Recovery to your Feats/Abilities section.
@G3rmanicus:
You should add your Outlander Feature (Wanderer) to your Feats/Abilities section. It doesn't always come up, but you don't want to forget you have this ability. You should also add your Barbarian abilities (Rage) for the same reason. I've seen even experienced players forget to add their rage bonus if they're raging (not to mention their damage resistances) because they didn't have it on their sheet.
Anyway, I noticed a couple things on some of the character sheets I thought I'd point out to everyone. Mostly good news. Mostly.
@Daykinator:
You should write down your Half-Elf abilities so you have them handy: Darkvision (within 60' dim light appears as bright light and darkness as dim light), Fey Ancestry (advantage on saving throws against being charmed and magic can't put you to sleep), Skill Versatility (you get to pick two more skills to be proficient in--I would recommend Stealth and Athletics), Languages (Common, Elvish, and one extra).
@Ramen:
The bad news is your AC is 17 not 18. Unfortunately, you have to subtract 1 because of your Dex.
The good news is that you have several more spells available to you. You should have a total of three cantrips and four 1st level spells to choose. On top of that, because you chose the Life Domain, you automatically have Bless and Cure Wounds in addition to the four 1st level spells.
@Jacketch:
Aside from your cantrips, you should have two different lists for your spells: one is a list of the spells in your spellbook (the six you started with); the second is the list of spells you have memorized (which for a 1st level Wizard with 16 Int is four spells). You can only cast a spell if you have it memorized. The good news is, unlike a sorcerer, you can change your spell list every day, and you can add any number of spells to your spellbook, as long as you come across them and have time to copy them. I would recommend leaving Identify and Detect Magic in your spellbook and not memorizing them. As a Wizard, you can cast ritual spells straight out of your spellbook, it just takes longer (10 minutes for Detect Magic and 11 for Identify). Also, you should add Arcane Recovery to your Feats/Abilities section.
@G3rmanicus:
You should add your Outlander Feature (Wanderer) to your Feats/Abilities section. It doesn't always come up, but you don't want to forget you have this ability. You should also add your Barbarian abilities (Rage) for the same reason. I've seen even experienced players forget to add their rage bonus if they're raging (not to mention their damage resistances) because they didn't have it on their sheet.
Nov 8, 2017 5:41 am
@McDunno, I had it pretty much set up as you described it, I just had most of the information on that spellbook app that was mentioned several days ago. I went ahead and added the information to my spells, though. It should be helpful if anyone's interested. Also added the arcane recovery, which I forgot to add before, thanks for the reminder.
As for the story post, it sounded like they had fun! I can imagine this being a past event the party references every now and then. Pageflap would definitely have loved it, and would study the creativity of it to see if he can gleam anything off of it. Rhyming is new to him, though I believe he is more fond of alliteration. Getting coin out of it is also a big plus.
As for the story post, it sounded like they had fun! I can imagine this being a past event the party references every now and then. Pageflap would definitely have loved it, and would study the creativity of it to see if he can gleam anything off of it. Rhyming is new to him, though I believe he is more fond of alliteration. Getting coin out of it is also a big plus.
Nov 8, 2017 12:11 pm
@McDunno
Thanks! I will do so.
Question, While a barbarian is in Rage and takes an attack action his next turn, would a bonus action also benefit from the +2? For example, the Polearm Master Feat allows for a bonus action to attack with a 1d4 bludgeoning attack if hit.
Thanks! I will do so.
Question, While a barbarian is in Rage and takes an attack action his next turn, would a bonus action also benefit from the +2? For example, the Polearm Master Feat allows for a bonus action to attack with a 1d4 bludgeoning attack if hit.
Nov 8, 2017 2:25 pm
G3rmanicus says:
Question, While a barbarian is in Rage and takes an attack action his next turn, would a bonus action also benefit from the +2? For example, the Polearm Master Feat allows for a bonus action to attack with a 1d4 bludgeoning attack if hit.The entry for Polearm Master reads: "When you take the Attack action and attack with only a glaive, halberd, pike, or quarterstaff, you can use a bonus action to make a melee attack with the opposite end of the weapon. This attack uses the same ability modifer as the primary weapon."
Since Rage does not use any limiting language (once per turn, etc.), it would apply to every melee attack (which will also come in handy at 5th level when you gain Extra Attack). Your bonus action is a "melee attack," so the Rage bonus would apply to both attacks, along with your strength bonus, if you attack while raging.
Nov 8, 2017 4:05 pm
Thanks for assisting with the mechanical stuff while I get the story rolling, McDunno.
Ramen, I believe you asked about taking Hand of Radiance. I'm fine with it. The book that would contain the spell is now published (Xanathar's Guide to Everything), so we will switch to using the official version once we have the book (if it has changed at all). In the event that they have decided to not publish the spell, I'll take that as meaning they decided it was OP and I'll ask you to choose a different cantrip.
I'll let you know once I have it, which might be as soon as tonight.
Ramen, I believe you asked about taking Hand of Radiance. I'm fine with it. The book that would contain the spell is now published (Xanathar's Guide to Everything), so we will switch to using the official version once we have the book (if it has changed at all). In the event that they have decided to not publish the spell, I'll take that as meaning they decided it was OP and I'll ask you to choose a different cantrip.
I'll let you know once I have it, which might be as soon as tonight.
Nov 8, 2017 4:14 pm
HBD G3rmanicus!
Fortunately/unfortunately/ironically, I have to wait for Christmas for Xanathar's. Fortunately, I won't have to pay for it. Unfortunately, I have to wait another month and a half. Ironically, my mother who banned my from D&D in '85 will be getting it for me! (I'm not ashamed to admit that I'm a 50-year-old man waiting for a D&D Christmas gift from my mommy!)
Fortunately/unfortunately/ironically, I have to wait for Christmas for Xanathar's. Fortunately, I won't have to pay for it. Unfortunately, I have to wait another month and a half. Ironically, my mother who banned my from D&D in '85 will be getting it for me! (I'm not ashamed to admit that I'm a 50-year-old man waiting for a D&D Christmas gift from my mommy!)
Nov 8, 2017 4:15 pm
I just want to echo McDunno's comments about how great those writeups were. I really feel like this is a party of adventurers with a bit of history now. There is a lot of great writing skill in this group and I'm excited to see where you all take this adventure.
Nov 8, 2017 5:02 pm
I may've messed up my roll in that last post. I tried to do 1d20-1, but my -1 modifier didn't seem to take effect. At least not in any obvious visible way.
Nov 8, 2017 5:11 pm
TheDaykinator says:
OOC:
Would it benefit me to use dark vision here?OOC:
Your darkvision is always on. In situations of dim light, creatures without darkvision or some equivalent would roll perception checks at disadvantage (you roll twice and take the lower roll). In darkness, creatures without darkvision cannot rely on sight-based perception, and creatures with darkvision would roll at disadvantage (darkvision allows a creature to see in darkness as if it were dim light).Nov 8, 2017 5:12 pm
McDunno says:
TheDaykinator says:
OOC:
Would it benefit me to use dark vision here?OOC:
Your darkvision is always on. In situations of dim light, creatures without darkvision or some equivalent would roll perception checks at disadvantage (you roll twice and take the lower roll). In darkness, creatures without darkvision cannot rely on sight-based perception, and creatures with darkvision would roll at disadvantage (darkvision allows a creature to see in darkness as if it were dim light).Nov 8, 2017 5:29 pm
Thought I would throw this out there, so you guys know about some more options with rolling ability checks:
Help Action
"You can lend your aid to another creature in the completion of a task. When you take the Help action, the creature you aid gains advantage on the next ability check it makes to perform the task you are helping with, provided that it makes the check before the start of your next turn."
It can't be just anything you do; it has to make sense that another person helping would actually be helpful (DM's call). I believe Iman and Barendd are the only PCs with darkvision. The rest of us would have to roll perception with disadvantage. So you would have to make the decision of who will help and who will roll. Advantage (roll two d20s and take the highest roll) and disadvantage (roll two d20s and take the lowest roll) cancel each other out, so if someone helped Kit, he would roll at disadvantage because it's dim light, but he would roll with advantage because someone is helping him, meaning he would roll one d20 (and subtract 1 because he's neither wise nor proficient).
Help Action
"You can lend your aid to another creature in the completion of a task. When you take the Help action, the creature you aid gains advantage on the next ability check it makes to perform the task you are helping with, provided that it makes the check before the start of your next turn."
It can't be just anything you do; it has to make sense that another person helping would actually be helpful (DM's call). I believe Iman and Barendd are the only PCs with darkvision. The rest of us would have to roll perception with disadvantage. So you would have to make the decision of who will help and who will roll. Advantage (roll two d20s and take the highest roll) and disadvantage (roll two d20s and take the lowest roll) cancel each other out, so if someone helped Kit, he would roll at disadvantage because it's dim light, but he would roll with advantage because someone is helping him, meaning he would roll one d20 (and subtract 1 because he's neither wise nor proficient).
Nov 8, 2017 6:27 pm
Starrbeardo says:
RollsPerception for area off path to see where we should put stuff - (1d20+3)
( 4 ) + 3 = 7
advantage on perception with darkvision - (1d20+3)
( 2 ) + 3 = 5
This would be up to Len, but because of the way play by post works (varying posting times and not sitting around a table), some DMs will allow you to do something along the lines of "My character says, 'Hey, can someone give me a hand looking around here.' I'm going to roll a perception check with advantage in case someone gives me the help action. Ignore the second roll if no one helps."
Would that be okay, Len?
Nov 8, 2017 6:43 pm
So that means that Pageflap should have rolled with disadvantage then. All I need to do is edit my posts to add a second roll and take the lowest, I believe
Last edited November 8, 2017 6:43 pm
Nov 8, 2017 6:58 pm
Don't worry about it, Jacketch.
In general, I'm much more interested in the game and story moving forward at a smooth pace than worrying about the nitty-gritty details about the rules at the moment. To be honest, I don't want anyone to roll perception with advantage or disadvantage at this point. To keep things simple, I'm giving characters a -5 to their rolls if they are rolling perception checks in the dark without darkvision, which is a mathematically reasonable approximation of the effects of disadvantage.
I plan on simplifying the mechanics a bit while the story gains momentum. As we get further along, I'll be giving you guys more and more rules knowledge / responsibility.
In general, I'm much more interested in the game and story moving forward at a smooth pace than worrying about the nitty-gritty details about the rules at the moment. To be honest, I don't want anyone to roll perception with advantage or disadvantage at this point. To keep things simple, I'm giving characters a -5 to their rolls if they are rolling perception checks in the dark without darkvision, which is a mathematically reasonable approximation of the effects of disadvantage.
I plan on simplifying the mechanics a bit while the story gains momentum. As we get further along, I'll be giving you guys more and more rules knowledge / responsibility.
Nov 8, 2017 7:06 pm
I'm guessing the two on the log are on opposite sides of the log, and the bandits on the ground are two on each side? And Pageflap should be around 10 feet away from the center of the log.
Nov 8, 2017 7:32 pm
As we were ambushed and Iman has his Halberd drawn I would think that it's reasonable that Barendd currently has both handaxes out, as he was in the process of offering one of them to Iman while he already had one out. Are there any objections to this?
Nov 8, 2017 7:42 pm
It doesn't really matter. You can make one interaction with an object for free each combat round, so even if your weapons were sheathed, you would be able to draw it as part of your attack action. Where it might matter for Barendd is that he is a two-weapon fighter. Since you can only draw one weapon per round (unless you have the Dual Wielder feat), whether or not he has at least one weapon already in his hand will make a difference.
Nov 8, 2017 7:59 pm
I don't believe so, as we're both intimidating independently not one person intimidating and the other helping like Kit did with Barendd
Nov 8, 2017 11:50 pm
McDunno says:
@Ramen:
The bad news is your AC is 17 not 18. Unfortunately, you have to subtract 1 because of your Dex.
The good news is that you have several more spells available to you. You should have a total of three cantrips and four 1st level spells to choose. On top of that, because you chose the Life Domain, you automatically have Bless and Cure Wounds in addition to the four 1st level spells.
lenpelletier says:
Ramen, I believe you asked about taking Hand of Radiance. I'm fine with it. The book that would contain the spell is now published (Xanathar's Guide to Everything), so we will switch to using the official version once we have the book (if it has changed at all). In the event that they have decided to not publish the spell, I'll take that as meaning they decided it was OP and I'll ask you to choose a different cantrip.
I'll let you know once I have it, which might be as soon as tonight.
Last edited November 8, 2017 11:51 pm
Nov 9, 2017 1:22 am
Starrbeardo says:
As we were ambushed and Iman has his Halberd drawn I would think that it's reasonable that Barendd currently has both handaxes out, as he was in the process of offering one of them to Iman while he already had one out. Are there any objections to this?Nov 9, 2017 4:49 am
Jacketch says:
I'm guessing the two on the log are on opposite sides of the log, and the bandits on the ground are two on each side? And Pageflap should be around 10 feet away from the center of the log.Nov 9, 2017 6:48 am
If I'm understanding how the initiative works, then Iman has highest followed by myself then the bandits then the others. However anyone before the bandits can go in whichever order it seems? I'm a little unclear. Either way I go before the bandits for sure. I'd like to keep my speech, actions, and rolls. Is there a need to repost?
Also as a party should the plan be to try to decimate all of the bandits. Just the leader who is insistent that they continue, all but one so we can get info about the Night Lord? The intimidation seemed to work on all but the leader, but I would say keeping at least one around would be a good idea.
Also as a party should the plan be to try to decimate all of the bandits. Just the leader who is insistent that they continue, all but one so we can get info about the Night Lord? The intimidation seemed to work on all but the leader, but I would say keeping at least one around would be a good idea.
Nov 9, 2017 7:10 am
Starrbeardo says:
Not sure if I jumped the gun or not, but that was a pretty sweet rollStarrbeardo says:
If I'm understanding how the initiative works, then Iman has highest followed by myself then the bandits then the others. However anyone before the bandits can go in whichever order it seems? I'm a little unclear. Either way I go before the bandits for sure. I'd like to keep my speech, actions, and rolls. Is there a need to repost?Also as a party should the plan be to try to decimate all of the bandits. Just the leader who is insistent that they continue, all but one so we can get info about the Night Lord? The intimidation seemed to work on all but the leader, but I would say keeping at least one around would be a good idea.
I actually did side-based initiative for awhile where each side rolls initiative for their entire side. All the characters on that side act together. It is super smooth for PbP, but I found it was really swingy in terms of the results. A well-balanced encounter could turn too hard or too easy depending on the outcome. So, I'm trying Over-Under initiative this time. You'll find different DMs do it differently on this site. Just go with it whatever they're doing, it'll be fine.
By the way, if you are making a melee attack, you can choose to do non-lethal damage when you bring a creature to zero HP. Basically, they are knocked out instead of killed. Ranged attacks or spell attacks only do lethal damage. You can declare non-lethal even after the damage is dealt.
Nov 9, 2017 7:17 am
Awesome. I'm glad that worked out.
Well, team since no one seems to be dead or dying yet, so my vote is to whittle down the bandits leaving perhaps the female who knew there should have been a wagon so that we have someone to question. Being true neutral I feel like Barendd gave them a chance to leave us be, but they decided not to take it, so he's perfectly fine with unloading on everyone. The former criminal in him knows that information can be valuable and profitable though so keep one around, especially someone who seems to have some knowledge of their plan seems pretty prudent.
Well, team since no one seems to be dead or dying yet, so my vote is to whittle down the bandits leaving perhaps the female who knew there should have been a wagon so that we have someone to question. Being true neutral I feel like Barendd gave them a chance to leave us be, but they decided not to take it, so he's perfectly fine with unloading on everyone. The former criminal in him knows that information can be valuable and profitable though so keep one around, especially someone who seems to have some knowledge of their plan seems pretty prudent.
Nov 9, 2017 11:57 am
Sounds like a good plan there Barendd. Since both the bandits atop the log have been targeted (assuming Aegar keeps his rolls), we can assume that the female is one of the bandits off to the side. My turn will follow with an attack to one of these bandits to the side, and just wanted to make it clear its not towards the female. Also, Iman will go into rage and will not declare any nonlethal blows, I think it fits him since he has it out against bandits from being chased off all his life.
So, if it is my turn, and the female is the last one standing, I wont be declaring nonlethal if I strike a lethal hit.
So, if it is my turn, and the female is the last one standing, I wont be declaring nonlethal if I strike a lethal hit.
Last edited November 9, 2017 11:59 am
Nov 9, 2017 2:19 pm
G3rmanicus says:
Iman enters a battle rage and lets out a ferocious battle cry as he charges 15 feet towards the 2 bandits at one side.Each player has four potential points of activity in a round of combat.
1) Action - This is when you attack/cast a spell/etc. (there are more, but this will probably get us through this combat)
2) Bonus Action - Certain things allow you to use a bonus action (Iman's Polearm Master feat, certain spells, Barendd's two-weapon fighting, etc.)
3) Move - You can move (as long as you are not within 5' of an enemy, or they will have an opportunity attack (OA), basically a free shot at you)
4) Reaction - This usually happens during someone else's turn (if an enemy next to you moves, you can use your reaction to take an opportunity attack, Pageflap's Shield spell activates if someone hits him with an attack, etc.)
So, the reason I went through all that is that when I started 5e, I had only played AD&D and I didn't know a Reaction from a Bonus from an Action, so I figured some of you might not either. But it was also to explain a combat strategy the Polearm Master feat allows.
What my point boils down to is that most melee weapons have a range of 5', which means you have to be right next to an enemy to hit them. Iman's halberd has a reach of 10'. So if Iman stops 10' away from an enemy, he can use his Action to strike with the blade and his Bonus Action to strike with the other end of the halberd. Here's the best part, though: the enemy is still 10' away. They are not next to him, so Iman can use his Move to step back 5' without provoking an OA, and the enemy will end up being 15' away from him. They will have to move closer to Iman to stab him. "While you are wielding a glaive, halberd, pike, or quarterstaff, other creatures provoke an opportunity attack from you when they enter the reach you have with that weapon." Which means, once they move within 10' of him, Iman can use his Reaction to attack again!
I've been thinking about this a lot lately because I've been wanting to play a polearm master, then take the Mobile feat at 4th level, which would allow the character to move away from an enemy without taking an OA! Every turn, your enemy has to close in and enter the reach of your constantly twirling halberd (think Oberyn Martell from Game of Thrones)!
Starrbeardo says:
Also as a party should the plan be to try to decimate all of the bandits. Just the leader who is insistent that they continue, all but one so we can get info about the Night Lord? The intimidation seemed to work on all but the leader, but I would say keeping at least one around would be a good idea.G3rmanicus says:
Also, Iman will go into rage and will not declare any nonlethal blows, I think it fits him since he has it out against bandits from being chased off all his life.Nov 9, 2017 2:28 pm
I plan to use the bonus action on my next turn if I can :D
So did I just walk into an OA? lol I was intending to set my self up so I can make an opportunity attack on either one of the bandits on their turn. Maybe I should clarify next time how far away I am when I attack?
The bandits are 20 ft from the log, and I charged 15 feet towards them lol so I think I did XD oops.
So did I just walk into an OA? lol I was intending to set my self up so I can make an opportunity attack on either one of the bandits on their turn. Maybe I should clarify next time how far away I am when I attack?
The bandits are 20 ft from the log, and I charged 15 feet towards them lol so I think I did XD oops.
Nov 9, 2017 2:34 pm
A creature only provokes an OA when it tries to move away from an enemy they are next to. Iman's feat gives him the special ability to use an OA when an enemy comes near him. So closing in combat is no problem for anyone except Iman's enemies!
Nov 9, 2017 2:37 pm
Oh ok. I got it now. Thanks! And we only get 1 reaction until the next turn correct? So if 1 bandit tries to move away, I can make an OA, but not on the other if it also moves?
Nov 9, 2017 2:39 pm
That's correct. One reaction. If you use it to attack one (and you get to choose if you use the reaction or not so you don't have to use it on the first one that enters your reach), others could move away from you without provoking an OA.
Nov 9, 2017 3:20 pm
This is mostly a question to lenpelletier, but would I be able to use Mage Armor as a reaction since I had Pageflap prepare it and have it ready to use if the bandits started advancing?
Nov 9, 2017 3:39 pm
Jacketch says:
This is mostly a question to lenpelletier, but would I be able to use Mage Armor as a reaction since I had Pageflap prepare it and have it ready to use if the bandits started advancing?But, like you said, whether you can do that in these circumstances is a question for Len.
Nov 9, 2017 4:12 pm
Jacketch: According to the rules of the game, no. Spells have a specific casting time, generally those are Action, Bonus Action, or Reaction*. If the spell says it uses your Action like Mage Armor does, then you can't cast it using your Bonus Action or Reaction. There is a spell called Shield that uses your reaction and gives you +5 AC till the start of your next turn, and it is one of the best 1st level spells in the game.
* There are other spells that take even more time, and are generally not cast during combat.
* There are other spells that take even more time, and are generally not cast during combat.
Nov 9, 2017 4:15 pm
McDunno says:
It's possible to say that you prepared your spell as an Action when the bandits appeared (you can only do this with spells that have a casting time of 1 Action, not with one that has a casting time of 1 Bonus Action) and that you stated the trigger for the spell to activate was when they attacked.
Nov 9, 2017 4:17 pm
Also, just for the record Jacketch: I'm assuming you cast Mage Armor already while everyone was drawing weapons - if your party had time to pul out weapons and intimidate their foes with pithy remarks, then you had time to cast Mage Armor. If you'd rather not have (maybe you don't want to spend the spell slot) then let me know.
Nov 9, 2017 4:49 pm
Starrbeardo says:
Yikes I got critted and I'm at -3 hp. Am I dead?On each of your next turns, you roll a single, straight-up d20.
After three successes, you're stabilized at 0 HP but are unconscious.
After three failures, you're dead.
1-9 = failure
10-20 = success
Crits
1 = 2 failures
20 = you wake up with 1 HP
Also, someone can roll a Medicine skill check to see if they can stabilize you, or someone can cast a spell to heal you. In the middle of battle, both of those are sometimes really hard to do. Typically, we'll wait until you're at two failures. Although when one of your heavy hitters drops in the first round, a decision has to be made!
Last edited November 9, 2017 4:49 pm
Nov 9, 2017 4:55 pm
just a quick thought, If we're looking to get information from these bandit's, the one attacking Raishe seems less than enthused at his current predicament and likely to spill some beans.
Nov 9, 2017 4:58 pm
Also, since im 30 ft away, and I have a speed of 30. could I rush up and use my battle ax to attack the bandit that just hit Barrendd? or can i only rush up for now, and wait until my next turn to attack?
Nov 9, 2017 5:03 pm
I think the bandit that attacked Barrendd is standing atop the log. Should be an athletics check of 10 unless you can chop at his feet?
Also, yeah, he cast Mage Armor when the weapons were being drawn.
Also, yeah, he cast Mage Armor when the weapons were being drawn.
Last edited November 9, 2017 5:06 pm
Nov 9, 2017 5:25 pm
Len, how often do you want Kit to roll for his Wild Magic Surge? I've never played a wild magic sorcerer before, and the responses I'm seeing online range anywhere from "every time" to "only when they roll a 1 on a magic attack" (which would be never since Kit doesn't have any offensive spells).
Nov 9, 2017 5:38 pm
TheDaykinator says:
RollsBattle Ax Melee Attack - (1d20+2)
( 10 ) + 2 = 12
Damage (If Success) - (1d8+2)
( 4 ) + 2 = 6
Your ranged weapons use your dex, so your longbow Attack Bonus should be 1d20+4 (+2 for your dex bonus and +2 for your proficiency bonus), and your Damage should be 1d8+2 (+2 for your dex bonus).
Nov 9, 2017 5:58 pm
Jacketch says:
OOC:
I'm pretty sure I get a +5 to my attack bonus, but don't know if I need to add anything to damage if hit.Shocking Grasp attempt - (1d20+5)
( 1 ) + 5 = 6
Damage if hit - (1d8)
( 5 ) = 5
+5 is correct. Spell attack bonuses are your spell mod bonus (for wizards, that's Int) plus your prof bonus.
You don't add a bonus to damage unless the spell says so. Most cantrips are just a straight damage die until you get to higher levels.
Nov 9, 2017 7:06 pm
[ +- ] No need to re-read
McDunno says:
TheDaykinator says:
RollsBattle Ax Melee Attack - (1d20+2)
( 10 ) + 2 = 12
Damage (If Success) - (1d8+2)
( 4 ) + 2 = 6
Your ranged weapons use your dex, so your longbow Attack Bonus should be 1d20+4 (+2 for your dex bonus and +2 for your proficiency bonus), and your Damage should be 1d8+2 (+2 for your dex bonus).
Last edited November 9, 2017 7:06 pm
Nov 9, 2017 8:28 pm
At this point we'd have to wait for Len before moving forward to see the outcomes and such correct?
Nov 9, 2017 8:31 pm
Starrbeardo says:
At this point we'd have to wait for Len before moving forward to see the outcomes and such correct?Nov 9, 2017 11:20 pm
Sorry for the delay. :S I have a class late on Tuesdays, Thursdays and Saturdays.
BTW, how can I add Raishe's avatar under my name?
BTW, how can I add Raishe's avatar under my name?
Last edited November 9, 2017 11:21 pm
Nov 9, 2017 11:23 pm
Above the post box there's a tab that says Post as: player. You can change it to Raise if you added an Avatar on the character sheet
Nov 10, 2017 6:18 am
Good question Starrbeardo. There are no negative HP in this version of the game. You just get knocked to zero, even if there is left over damage.
What makes this a bit confusing is that there is a rule about massive damage causing instant death on p. 75 of the basic rules:
For example, a cleric with a maximum of 12 hit points currently has 6 hit points. If she takes 18 damage from an attack, she is reduced to 0 hit points, but 12 damage remains. Because the remaining damage equals her hit point maximum, the cleric dies.While we're talking about it, you might wonder "What happens if you get hit while you are at zero hp?" Well, turns out you get a failed death saving throw. If it's a crit, you get 2 failed death saves. Any character with three failed death saves is dead.
What makes this a bit confusing is that there is a rule about massive damage causing instant death on p. 75 of the basic rules:
Basic Rules p 75 says:
Massive damage can kill you instantly. When damage reduces you to 0 hit points and there is damage remaining, you die if the remaining damage equals or exceeds your hit point maximum.For example, a cleric with a maximum of 12 hit points currently has 6 hit points. If she takes 18 damage from an attack, she is reduced to 0 hit points, but 12 damage remains. Because the remaining damage equals her hit point maximum, the cleric dies.
Nov 10, 2017 6:19 am
Good question Starrbeardo. There are no negative HP in this version of the game. You just get knocked to zero, even if there is left over damage.
What makes this a bit confusing is that there is a rule about massive damage causing instant death on p. 75 of the basic rules:
For example, a cleric with a maximum of 12 hit points currently has 6 hit points. If she takes 18 damage from an attack, she is reduced to 0 hit points, but 12 damage remains. Because the remaining damage equals her hit point maximum, the cleric dies.While we're talking about it, you might wonder "What happens if you get hit while you are at zero hp?" Well, turns out you get a failed death saving throw. If it's a crit, you get 2 failed death saves. Any character with three failed death saves is dead.
What makes this a bit confusing is that there is a rule about massive damage causing instant death on p. 75 of the basic rules:
Quote:
Massive damage can kill you instantly. When damage reduces you to 0 hit points and there is damage remaining, you die if the remaining damage equals or exceeds your hit point maximum.For example, a cleric with a maximum of 12 hit points currently has 6 hit points. If she takes 18 damage from an attack, she is reduced to 0 hit points, but 12 damage remains. Because the remaining damage equals her hit point maximum, the cleric dies.
Nov 10, 2017 6:24 am
So, if I'm understanding correctly, because this wasn't an insta death my hp would be at zero and then whatever healing based on a spell in this case would start counting up from zero.
Last edited November 10, 2017 6:25 am
Nov 10, 2017 6:33 am
Damn, those were some good attacks from Raishe! Here's hoping for another six from the die!
Also, I was wondering, exactly how much greenery is there around the road they're in and how much of a risk is there of a forest fire if some log were to mysteriously become alight?
Edit: And shouldn't Aegar get a +5 to his attack bonus due to strength and proficiency as well as a +3 oh hit?
Also, I was wondering, exactly how much greenery is there around the road they're in and how much of a risk is there of a forest fire if some log were to mysteriously become alight?
Edit: And shouldn't Aegar get a +5 to his attack bonus due to strength and proficiency as well as a +3 oh hit?
Last edited November 10, 2017 6:54 am
Nov 10, 2017 7:35 am
@Starrbeardo: Yes. I believe McDunno counted it as 8 hp gained.
@Jacketch: Yeah, Raishe ripped it up last turn! I rolled the dice for him so we can move forward and got a six (posted it with the message on the crit)
Good point about his attack bonus and damage; you are correct! Good catch. However, in this case, because of he's on the top of the log the bandit's harder to hit and it's still a miss. Try climbing that log maybe and get in his face, or use ranged attacks that won't suffer from that high ground penalty.
@Jacketch: Yeah, Raishe ripped it up last turn! I rolled the dice for him so we can move forward and got a six (posted it with the message on the crit)
Good point about his attack bonus and damage; you are correct! Good catch. However, in this case, because of he's on the top of the log the bandit's harder to hit and it's still a miss. Try climbing that log maybe and get in his face, or use ranged attacks that won't suffer from that high ground penalty.
Nov 10, 2017 7:43 am
What a great first round of combat!
* Crazy for Starrbeardo's character to get crit into the mud first time playing D&D haha! Barendd scored a solid hit of his own all the same :)
* Well done Ramen who pulled out his own crit and sent a heal spell Barendd's way to give Starrbeardo the chance to even the score next round.
* I thought it was hilarious when Kit and Pageflap just GTFO'd! Especially how Pageflap's spell crit failed and he just booked it outta there. Too funny!
* G3rmanicus definitely proved what a beast Iman is! That Polearm Mastery feat is working out super well for you.
* Loved how TheDaykinator really used this round of combat to show Aegar's personality, rushing to Barendd's aid like that.
You guys are really fucking good at D&D!
* Crazy for Starrbeardo's character to get crit into the mud first time playing D&D haha! Barendd scored a solid hit of his own all the same :)
* Well done Ramen who pulled out his own crit and sent a heal spell Barendd's way to give Starrbeardo the chance to even the score next round.
* I thought it was hilarious when Kit and Pageflap just GTFO'd! Especially how Pageflap's spell crit failed and he just booked it outta there. Too funny!
* G3rmanicus definitely proved what a beast Iman is! That Polearm Mastery feat is working out super well for you.
* Loved how TheDaykinator really used this round of combat to show Aegar's personality, rushing to Barendd's aid like that.
You guys are really fucking good at D&D!
Nov 10, 2017 12:58 pm
We got a bunch of late-night posters on our hands! Are you guys all in western time zones or don't you sleep? Or am I just an old man who goes to bed early?
Anyway, my weekend starts today (I get all the holidays!), so I generally don't post as often. The girl is at her mother's this weekend, so it doesn't drop off as much, other than tomorrow when I have my RL D&D game. We have a new DM who isn't terrible so we get in a good six to eight hours. With the last guy, four or five was about all I could take, and that was pushing it. I tended to get pretty salty by hour three.
Anyway, my weekend starts today (I get all the holidays!), so I generally don't post as often. The girl is at her mother's this weekend, so it doesn't drop off as much, other than tomorrow when I have my RL D&D game. We have a new DM who isn't terrible so we get in a good six to eight hours. With the last guy, four or five was about all I could take, and that was pushing it. I tended to get pretty salty by hour three.
Nov 10, 2017 1:33 pm
Central time here! Im an early bird.
I posted my turn just a bit ago and wanted to make sure I did my rolls right regarding the bonus action attack, I believe I missed though lol.
Also, Len, my rage lasts for a minute. Is it safe to assume i have a turn or two left of rage if the pace of combat remains as is?
I posted my turn just a bit ago and wanted to make sure I did my rolls right regarding the bonus action attack, I believe I missed though lol.
Also, Len, my rage lasts for a minute. Is it safe to assume i have a turn or two left of rage if the pace of combat remains as is?
Nov 10, 2017 3:22 pm
Wow when Barendd was brought back he did not bring any luck with him at all. How does 3 ones get rolled in a row? hopefully I've used up the teams allotment.
Nov 10, 2017 3:24 pm
McDunno says:
We got a bunch of late-night posters on our hands! Are you guys all in western time zones or don't you sleep? Or am I just an old man who goes to bed early? Anyway, my weekend starts today (I get all the holidays!), so I generally don't post as often. The girl is at her mother's this weekend, so it doesn't drop off as much, other than tomorrow when I have my RL D&D game. We have a new DM who isn't terrible so we get in a good six to eight hours. With the last guy, four or five was about all I could take, and that was pushing it. I tended to get pretty salty by hour three.
Nov 10, 2017 3:48 pm
McDunno says:
We got a bunch of late-night posters on our hands! Are you guys all in western time zones or don't you sleep? Or am I just an old man who goes to bed early? Anyway, my weekend starts today (I get all the holidays!), so I generally don't post as often. The girl is at her mother's this weekend, so it doesn't drop off as much, other than tomorrow when I have my RL D&D game. We have a new DM who isn't terrible so we get in a good six to eight hours. With the last guy, four or five was about all I could take, and that was pushing it. I tended to get pretty salty by hour three.
Hey McDunno, I know you're looking forward to Xanathar's Guide in December, but there are a few podcasts that are doing a run-through of the material. Down With D&D and Game Master's Journey covered different sections of the book, so you can get your fix while you wait. Going to pick up my copy today.
Nov 10, 2017 3:50 pm
Starrbeardo says:
Wow when Barendd was brought back he did not bring any luck with him at all. How does 3 ones get rolled in a row? hopefully I've used up the teams allotment.Nov 10, 2017 3:52 pm
G3rmanicus says:
Central time here! Im an early bird. I posted my turn just a bit ago and wanted to make sure I did my rolls right regarding the bonus action attack, I believe I missed though lol.
Also, Len, my rage lasts for a minute. Is it safe to assume i have a turn or two left of rage if the pace of combat remains as is?
Nov 10, 2017 3:54 pm
lenpelletier says:
G3rmanicus says:
Central time here! Im an early bird. I posted my turn just a bit ago and wanted to make sure I did my rolls right regarding the bonus action attack, I believe I missed though lol.
Also, Len, my rage lasts for a minute. Is it safe to assume i have a turn or two left of rage if the pace of combat remains as is?
Nov 10, 2017 4:41 pm
The short answer is yes. Here is the tangentially related answer that goes off on a long and winding road:
The game rules tighten up suddenly once you are in combat, and the world is suddenly divided into 6 second increments, initiative order, and a limited set of detailed actions that require a fair bit of dice rolling. Once combat ends, we go back to responding to the world as it comes, the ebb and flow of cause and effect. This part of the game is usually divided into two sections:
1. Social Encounters: interacting with the player characters (PCs - played by you guys) and non-player characters (NPCs- played by me) in the game. These are all about roleplaying, with some skill checks to resolve some interactions sometimes (such as determining if the the guard believe the lie you told about why you're asking for entry into a restricted area).
2. Exploration: the journey, which includes interacting with the physical world. It can include everything from navigating the wilderness, figuring out how to open a magically sealed door, to learning new lore about the world. These are often governed by skill checks, but offer lots of opportunity for role playing as well.
Mostly, social encounters and exploration bleed together into a continuous story that is punctuated by rules-heavy combat encounters, which are almost a game within a game. Different players enjoy different parts of the game. I know some players who find combat seriously boring and patiently wait until it's done so they can get back to the 'good stuff' like going to a masquerade ball or competing in a slam poetry contest. Others love combat above all else, and make characters that whoop ass left and right. When the party is at the masquerade ball, however, they might start yawning.
Hence, the DM's job is a constant balancing act, trying to give every player enough of their favourite parts of the game to keep everyone engaged and having fun. A big part of that is knowing what your players like, and that's pretty hard for me right now since all of you might not know what you like yet. So, I've planned for a variety of combat, exploration, and social encounters so that you all can see where you preferences are.
There is a great article about the 7 Player Types written by the amazing Robin D. Laws. Those types include: The Power Gamer, The Butt Kicker, The Tactician, The Specialist, The Method Actor, and the Casual Gamer. Usually a player falls under 2 or more categories. For example, when I am a player I am definitely a Tactician with a hint of Power Gamer and Method Actor thrown into the mix. Eventually I'll figure out where you all fit in (or maybe you'll figure it out first and tell me) and calibrate the game accordingly.
The game rules tighten up suddenly once you are in combat, and the world is suddenly divided into 6 second increments, initiative order, and a limited set of detailed actions that require a fair bit of dice rolling. Once combat ends, we go back to responding to the world as it comes, the ebb and flow of cause and effect. This part of the game is usually divided into two sections:
1. Social Encounters: interacting with the player characters (PCs - played by you guys) and non-player characters (NPCs- played by me) in the game. These are all about roleplaying, with some skill checks to resolve some interactions sometimes (such as determining if the the guard believe the lie you told about why you're asking for entry into a restricted area).
2. Exploration: the journey, which includes interacting with the physical world. It can include everything from navigating the wilderness, figuring out how to open a magically sealed door, to learning new lore about the world. These are often governed by skill checks, but offer lots of opportunity for role playing as well.
Mostly, social encounters and exploration bleed together into a continuous story that is punctuated by rules-heavy combat encounters, which are almost a game within a game. Different players enjoy different parts of the game. I know some players who find combat seriously boring and patiently wait until it's done so they can get back to the 'good stuff' like going to a masquerade ball or competing in a slam poetry contest. Others love combat above all else, and make characters that whoop ass left and right. When the party is at the masquerade ball, however, they might start yawning.
Hence, the DM's job is a constant balancing act, trying to give every player enough of their favourite parts of the game to keep everyone engaged and having fun. A big part of that is knowing what your players like, and that's pretty hard for me right now since all of you might not know what you like yet. So, I've planned for a variety of combat, exploration, and social encounters so that you all can see where you preferences are.
There is a great article about the 7 Player Types written by the amazing Robin D. Laws. Those types include: The Power Gamer, The Butt Kicker, The Tactician, The Specialist, The Method Actor, and the Casual Gamer. Usually a player falls under 2 or more categories. For example, when I am a player I am definitely a Tactician with a hint of Power Gamer and Method Actor thrown into the mix. Eventually I'll figure out where you all fit in (or maybe you'll figure it out first and tell me) and calibrate the game accordingly.
Nov 10, 2017 5:23 pm
Was Kit the only one that heard the howls, or was Pageflap also able to hear them once he jumped into the bushes?
Nov 10, 2017 6:15 pm
Jacketch says:
Was Kit the only one that heard the howls, or was Pageflap also able to hear them once he jumped into the bushes?Nov 10, 2017 6:26 pm
Nice breakdown of the ebb and flow of the game, Len. I just wanted to add that play by post throws in an extra wrinkle because we're not all sitting around a table. A few of you were posting while I was in bed. Yesterday when I was at work, I was able to answer some rules questions while Len was otherwise occupied. So sometimes there ends up being an artificial slow-down to out-of-combat action so all the players have a chance to participate.
I can tell you it gets pretty frustrating to keep getting email alerts on your phone because the DM and a player who happens to be online at the time are advancing the plot by themselves and all you can do is think, "Gee, I have something I'd like to add, but I'm trying to get dinner on the table." That was an extreme example that only happened to me once. Typically what will happen is the action might progress without all the players, and when the players are able to chime in, things get retconned a bit.
As for the seven player types, for me it kind of depends on the game and the DM, though I tend to gravitate toward the Method Actor and Storyteller with a bit of the Power Gamer mixed in. I love coming up with combinations that work well together, but I moreso love getting into the character and trying to tell a really good story. In my RL game, with the terrible DM we had, I tried to be an actor and tell a story, but he views D&D as a DM vs players board game. I found that what I enjoyed about the game got me absolutely nowhere. So I started playing the power game and becoming a Butt Kicker since he doesn't know the rules nearly as well as he thinks he does. There's a certain satisfaction to beating someone at their own petty game, but it's ultimately a hollow victory when you realize you spent the last four hours just trying to vex an overgrown child in the body of a middle-aged lawyer.
Luckily, one of the players suggested someone else he knew who could DM a game. Halfway through the first session, I realized he was the type of DM who would work with a player to tell the story they want to tell and to create the character they want to create. A few text messages over the next couple of weeks and, suddenly, my character is fleshed out with a set of motivations and a side story that the DM is creatively weaving into the main story. It's been fantastic, and I can't wait until tomorrow to see where it takes us.
I can tell you it gets pretty frustrating to keep getting email alerts on your phone because the DM and a player who happens to be online at the time are advancing the plot by themselves and all you can do is think, "Gee, I have something I'd like to add, but I'm trying to get dinner on the table." That was an extreme example that only happened to me once. Typically what will happen is the action might progress without all the players, and when the players are able to chime in, things get retconned a bit.
As for the seven player types, for me it kind of depends on the game and the DM, though I tend to gravitate toward the Method Actor and Storyteller with a bit of the Power Gamer mixed in. I love coming up with combinations that work well together, but I moreso love getting into the character and trying to tell a really good story. In my RL game, with the terrible DM we had, I tried to be an actor and tell a story, but he views D&D as a DM vs players board game. I found that what I enjoyed about the game got me absolutely nowhere. So I started playing the power game and becoming a Butt Kicker since he doesn't know the rules nearly as well as he thinks he does. There's a certain satisfaction to beating someone at their own petty game, but it's ultimately a hollow victory when you realize you spent the last four hours just trying to vex an overgrown child in the body of a middle-aged lawyer.
Luckily, one of the players suggested someone else he knew who could DM a game. Halfway through the first session, I realized he was the type of DM who would work with a player to tell the story they want to tell and to create the character they want to create. A few text messages over the next couple of weeks and, suddenly, my character is fleshed out with a set of motivations and a side story that the DM is creatively weaving into the main story. It's been fantastic, and I can't wait until tomorrow to see where it takes us.
Nov 10, 2017 6:38 pm
Yeah, pacing is one of the hardest things in RPGs no matter what the medium. Maybe this is true about storytelling in general, I'm not sure. If anyone ever feels like we are going too fast, just let me know and I'll try to hit the brakes a bit. Currently everyone seems excited and I want to get as much momentum as possible off our fresh exuberance. Eventually real life will kick in for people, whether that is illness or work deadlines or school exams, and the game will probably find its own natural pace based on what everyone can give to the game.
Sucks to hear about that DM you had. Sounds like you've got a great group now though. I bet you'd make a great DM, McDunno!
Sucks to hear about that DM you had. Sounds like you've got a great group now though. I bet you'd make a great DM, McDunno!
Nov 10, 2017 6:57 pm
lenpelletier says:
Sucks to hear about that DM you had. Sounds like you've got a great group now though. I bet you'd make a great DM, McDunno!I've been working on original stuff, but it's so hard finding time to be as prepared as I should be. Even with a pre-gen adventure, I found myself scrambling on Friday night, trying to catch up with the material so I would be prepared the next day. It doesn't help that I have narcolepsy and the only time I have to sit down with a module is after I get my daughter to bed. Five pages in and I'm out like a light. I figure it won't be too many more years before the girl is old enough that she won't want to have anything to do with me, and I'll have more time to devote to D&D. Sigh.
Once the campaign we're on winds up, I think what I might do is run my own adventure with the characters already created for Yawning Portal (I interjected a lot of original material in it, including a villain they are eager to kill). When I need an extra couple weeks to prepare, I'll have them roll up some extra characters and jump into another YP adventure. Anything to keep the terrible DM on the player side of the screen!
Nov 10, 2017 8:54 pm
I got Xanathar's Guide to Everything at lunch today. Ramen, looks like Word of Radiance is the same: Evocation Cantrip: 1 action. Everyone you choose within 5 feet of you makes a constitution saving throw, and if they fail they take 1d6 radiant damage.
Nov 10, 2017 9:14 pm
Sweet! Thanks for letting me know. Hope you're enjoying the new book!
Last edited November 10, 2017 9:21 pm
Nov 11, 2017 2:30 am
How tall was the tree that's blocking the road, by the way? How tall are the trees in general? Since the log was described as massive, I'm assuming they're, like, redwood tall.
Nov 11, 2017 3:08 am
If we're going to torch the log we should probably get the Bandits to step away I assume hempen rope burns pretty well.
Nov 11, 2017 3:35 pm
I have good news for Ramen and neutral news for Jaketch (though you could also view it as good news).
Ramen: I made a mistake with your armor. A lot of times, even if a positive ability modifier doesn't help you, a negative one will still hurt you (attacking with a second weapon is an example, but we don't need to go into details on that). I thought heavy armor was the same. But, it turns out, I was wrong. I was looking something else up, and I noticed the Player's Handbook specifically states that a negative Dex bonus does not penalize you while wearing heavy armor. Raishe is back up to an 18 AC!
Jaketch: Pageflap's equipment list shows both a quarterstaff and a dagger. The bad news is a wizard starts off with a quarterstaff or a dagger, not both. The good news is, Pageflap's strength is so low, his quarterstaff is almost useless to him, but a dagger is a versatile weapon, which means he can use his dexterity modifier with it. His attack bonus with a dagger is 1d20+5 and his damage is 1d4+3. He has a lot better chance of hitting with a dagger (which he can also throw), and rolling a 1 with a dagger will do the same damage (1+3=4) as rolling a 6 with a quarterstaff (6-2=4).
Ramen: I made a mistake with your armor. A lot of times, even if a positive ability modifier doesn't help you, a negative one will still hurt you (attacking with a second weapon is an example, but we don't need to go into details on that). I thought heavy armor was the same. But, it turns out, I was wrong. I was looking something else up, and I noticed the Player's Handbook specifically states that a negative Dex bonus does not penalize you while wearing heavy armor. Raishe is back up to an 18 AC!
Jaketch: Pageflap's equipment list shows both a quarterstaff and a dagger. The bad news is a wizard starts off with a quarterstaff or a dagger, not both. The good news is, Pageflap's strength is so low, his quarterstaff is almost useless to him, but a dagger is a versatile weapon, which means he can use his dexterity modifier with it. His attack bonus with a dagger is 1d20+5 and his damage is 1d4+3. He has a lot better chance of hitting with a dagger (which he can also throw), and rolling a 1 with a dagger will do the same damage (1+3=4) as rolling a 6 with a quarterstaff (6-2=4).
Nov 11, 2017 3:49 pm
Len: I'm finally filling out Kit's equipment list. He didn't start off with anything but his scholar's pack, so I figured Barendd would have taken him to buy everything else he needs (rations, bedroll, etc.) before they took off. Can I take the cash equivalent for his crossbow and bolts?
Nov 11, 2017 4:09 pm
Oh, I chose the quarterstaff from his wizard starting equipment and the small knife was from his sage background, though for his backstory it's from back when he was just another Kenku. Pageflap attached his arcane focus to the top of the staff to make a DIY wizard staff. I did forget to change his weapon stats when I switched wisdom with dexterity though.
Nov 11, 2017 5:32 pm
It will be up to Len to approve it, but I think you could say that the staff and arcane focus on top are all part of the arcane focus you get in your starting equipment. You wouldn't want to attack with it anyway. That way, you could have the cool-looking staff and still have a weapon you're effective with.
Nov 11, 2017 6:03 pm
Basically the answer is yes to everyone's questions :) - staff arcane focus, cashing in crossbow, all that sounds reasonable.
Starrbeardo, the forest is a boreal forest, so nothing so grand as redwoods (too cold to get that large). Forest fires happen once or twice a century or so there are lots of younger trees, But, there are lots of old firs and cedars that have survived the ages and tower above the rest. I'm taking inspiration from British Columbia, my home, much of which is blanketed in this kind of forest.


By the way, I didn't have people roll for clearing the roadblock because it is pretty much just a matter of time. Because Pageflap came up with a good idea to speed up the task, I had the party arrive in town an hour or two earlier than otherwise. I usually only have players roll for a task if there is a significant result if you fail, or if time is in short supply and you need to get it to happen on the first try. Otherwise I assume the players are taking their time to do it right.
Starrbeardo, the forest is a boreal forest, so nothing so grand as redwoods (too cold to get that large). Forest fires happen once or twice a century or so there are lots of younger trees, But, there are lots of old firs and cedars that have survived the ages and tower above the rest. I'm taking inspiration from British Columbia, my home, much of which is blanketed in this kind of forest.


By the way, I didn't have people roll for clearing the roadblock because it is pretty much just a matter of time. Because Pageflap came up with a good idea to speed up the task, I had the party arrive in town an hour or two earlier than otherwise. I usually only have players roll for a task if there is a significant result if you fail, or if time is in short supply and you need to get it to happen on the first try. Otherwise I assume the players are taking their time to do it right.
Nov 11, 2017 7:03 pm
Barendd must be cursed at this point.
Hit with a crit
crit fail
crit fail
useless damage rolls
crit fail
At this point I'd like to see how far this trend goes.
Hit with a crit
crit fail
crit fail
useless damage rolls
crit fail
At this point I'd like to see how far this trend goes.
Nov 11, 2017 10:59 pm
So I kind of mentioned it in the game thread, but I think due to his string of poor rolls and the most recent crit fail that Barendd has had his words stolen from him, especially when he gets angry or excited. I figured that this would be something to maintain until he finally get's his drink/ has a long rest. Until then, I figured if a strong emotion arises he slips into Spanish, which I would think is a language no one in this setting would understand. Does this work within the setting?
Nov 11, 2017 11:07 pm
Also Ramen, I realize you live in Puerto Rico, so I assume my abilities with the Spanish language are shaky at best, apologies for any failings in my attempts.
Nov 11, 2017 11:31 pm
I’m also fluent in Spanish, and your Spanish writing is definitely understandable. I like the idea!
Nov 11, 2017 11:48 pm
Sure, I think this is a fantastic idea. I don't speak Spanish, and I think that might make it even better!
I had the bandit girl find you the opposite of intimidating to represent your failure to intimidate, but still moved the story forward with useful information. Maybe I'll take this moment to mention there are no 'crit' failures or successes on skill checks; you just low extra low or extra high with those numbers, but they aren't automatic failures or successes.
I had the bandit girl find you the opposite of intimidating to represent your failure to intimidate, but still moved the story forward with useful information. Maybe I'll take this moment to mention there are no 'crit' failures or successes on skill checks; you just low extra low or extra high with those numbers, but they aren't automatic failures or successes.
Nov 12, 2017 2:29 am
lenpelletier says:
Maybe I'll take this moment to mention there are no 'crit' failures or successes on skill checks; you just low extra low or extra high with those numbers, but they aren't automatic failures or successes.@Starrbeardo: I love the way you handled those crit fails! And as far as how many terrible rolls you can get in a row? I went through a period of about FIVE MONTHS where my rolls were so bad that I was being mocked in two separate online games AND in my RL game. Yeah. Online and in real life, my rolls were so bad for so long that people actually noticed and it became a running joke. I hope that doesn't happen for you because, honestly, it got so bad that I wasn't really having fun anymore. Terrible rolls can be great when you RP your way through them like you did, but when they become so consistent that you get to a point where you don't even want to try anything that involves a roll, it gets a little demoralizing.
@Jacketch: I love the way you're playing a Kenku! I played one in a previous game and tried to work in the whole mimicry thing and the way Kenku really don't actually speak, just repeat things they heard. I like to think I would have nailed it eventually (the game fizzled quickly), but man you hit it right out of the gate.
Nov 12, 2017 4:39 am
Kudos all around. Honestly, I've been meaning to give out an in-game reward called 'inspiration' to everyone, which is given to players for excellent roleplaying, usually playing to your traits/bonds/flaws. Since you have all done a great job of roleplaying thus far, consider yourselves officially 'inspired' now, which means you can give yourself advantage on any d20 roll one time.
Make sure to use it fairly soon, because I can't award inspiration to you again until you use it.
If you want to read more about Inspriation, check out page 35 of the basic rules.
Make sure to use it fairly soon, because I can't award inspiration to you again until you use it.
If you want to read more about Inspriation, check out page 35 of the basic rules.
Nov 12, 2017 4:49 am
As far as inspiration is concerned would it have to be declared when initiating a role or can it be used retroactively, such as if a certain dwarf were to continue to have abysmal luck with rolls?
Nov 12, 2017 6:57 am
@McDunno: Thanks! I was worried at first that it'd be harder since it was recommended to use the races in the beginner's guide, but I wanted to play a Kenku once I read up on them. I like thinking of ways for Pageflap to communicate and his difficulty speaking gives me a lot of excuses to detail his inner thoughts and sprinkle in some of his personality. Also, it's fun!
@lenpelletier: If yes to Starrbeardo's question, is there a limit to how much inspiration we can share? Like, say, Iman is fighting the Barbarian King and he keeps rolling low on the final blow, would we be able to give him six extra tries if he misses six times in a row?
@lenpelletier: If yes to Starrbeardo's question, is there a limit to how much inspiration we can share? Like, say, Iman is fighting the Barbarian King and he keeps rolling low on the final blow, would we be able to give him six extra tries if he misses six times in a row?
Nov 12, 2017 7:28 am
@Starrbeardo: According to the rules, inspiration is supposed to be declared before the action. In my experience, it is often used retroactively because people forget they have it. I probably wouldn't bat an eyelash if you used retroactively once in awhile, especially if you were in a dire situation. It makes inspiration a more powerful reward.
@Jacketch: So there's a rule that says that advantage (roll 2d20 and take the higher die) doesn't stack. So, if Player A and B gave their inspiration to give Player C advantage, they'd still only get to roll that one extra d20. The same is true if you already have advantage on a roll; using inspiration does nothing in that case.
Interestingly, if you had disadvantage (roll 2d20 and take the lower) but gain advantage at some point, the rules of the game say they cancel out. So, you can use your inspiration to negate disadvantage. Since disadvantages don't stack, a single inspiration die can cancel out all the disadvantages. So if you find yourself blind, poisoned, and at the outer edge of your range weapon's range, you could use your inspiration to cancel out the disadvantage of all three of those things, and shoot like the person was 20 paces in front of you on a clear, sunny day.
@Jacketch: So there's a rule that says that advantage (roll 2d20 and take the higher die) doesn't stack. So, if Player A and B gave their inspiration to give Player C advantage, they'd still only get to roll that one extra d20. The same is true if you already have advantage on a roll; using inspiration does nothing in that case.
Interestingly, if you had disadvantage (roll 2d20 and take the lower) but gain advantage at some point, the rules of the game say they cancel out. So, you can use your inspiration to negate disadvantage. Since disadvantages don't stack, a single inspiration die can cancel out all the disadvantages. So if you find yourself blind, poisoned, and at the outer edge of your range weapon's range, you could use your inspiration to cancel out the disadvantage of all three of those things, and shoot like the person was 20 paces in front of you on a clear, sunny day.
Nov 12, 2017 7:33 am
Oh, something I was wondering, are you keeping track of our xp for us? I was wondering how leveling would work.
Nov 12, 2017 10:59 pm
Hey Len, kind of an off beat question. What is the pantheon of deities in our current setting?
Nov 12, 2017 11:46 pm
Ramen says:
Hey Len, kind of an off beat question. What is the pantheon of deities in our current setting?Nov 13, 2017 12:33 am
@Jacketch: I'm using Milestone XP, so you will gain levels when you achieve milestones in the story rather than from killing monsters (although the two may coincide).
@Ramen: The patron deity of the Arkasian Empire is Lothian, a human who ascended in the early days of the Arkasian Empire and kept a watchful eye over it. As for other deities, I have some defaults from D&D lore, but I am open to your input.
@Starrbeardo: This thread would be great place to discuss these things :)
@Ramen: The patron deity of the Arkasian Empire is Lothian, a human who ascended in the early days of the Arkasian Empire and kept a watchful eye over it. As for other deities, I have some defaults from D&D lore, but I am open to your input.
@Starrbeardo: This thread would be great place to discuss these things :)
Nov 13, 2017 12:42 am
[ +- ] Game idea
You and I had mentioned using my trinket for a drinking game that I'd like to play with at least Aegar, once we find ourselves in a tavern or inn that would accommodate such an action. Following the drinking game, since Barendd most likely will be pretty tipsy I think it would be a good time to speak with Raishe about religion and how Raishe was able to bring Barendd back. Growing up without a family and spending his young adulthood in the criminal world I feel like Barendd wouldn't have religion on his radar, but his first hand experience with what he would see as a miracle would pique his interest. Would such an exchange, given the appropriate setting, derail what's going on. I'm not sure where this would specifically go for Barendd, but I have an idea that he won't change a whole lot like trying to multiclass or anything, but it could help his character flesh out more.
Last edited November 13, 2017 12:46 am
Nov 13, 2017 12:45 am
lenpelletier says:
@Starrbeardo: This thread would be great place to discuss these things :)
Nov 13, 2017 12:47 am
@McDunno, I don't know if it's a bit like trying to put toothpaste back into the tube, but I've spoilered the above. Hopefully there's still some surprise there for you.
Nov 13, 2017 3:18 am
Sorry Ive taken a couple days to respond everyone! For some reason I stopped getting email updates that you were all posting, so this whole time I thought we were still waiting to find out where we could turn the bandits in 🤦🏻♂️
Nov 13, 2017 3:27 am
I've had that happen to me a couple times. They were getting sent to my spam folder.
Nov 13, 2017 3:29 am
McDunno says:
I've had that happen to me a couple times. They were getting sent to my spam folder.Nov 13, 2017 6:46 pm
Going to be afk for most of the day, everyone. It is a holiday in Canada today and I'm out and about with the fam. Might post later? Have a great one either way.
Nov 13, 2017 7:04 pm
Enjoy your holiday!
And Daykinator, your birthday should be around this time, shouldn't it? You have a Happy Birthday!
And Daykinator, your birthday should be around this time, shouldn't it? You have a Happy Birthday!
Nov 14, 2017 4:33 am
Hey Starrbeardo I was wondering, did Barennd get another hollow tattoo before he left Katagia with the party?
Nov 14, 2017 4:36 am
Tell me what you gents think please.
[ +- ] Rules for knuckley dice
Barendd's trinket is a set of two knucklebone dice with a skull symbol where the six would notmally be. Using these dice specifically each player rolls a 1d6 any number and the player drinks the number shown and keeps track of the number. When you get a total of ten you must perform a con save roll with disadvantage to simulate poison (drunkeness) Roll a skull (6) automatically roll the disadvantaged con save and your cumulative number remains the same, which makes it possible to have to roll back to back saves. Losing the disadvantaged con save three times represents a blackout/passout for your character and a loss. The first con save number to beat is 5 and increases by two each time it has to be rolled. Any poison resistance is added to the lower of your two rolls. (Which is why Barendd has had an unfair advantage over Aegar over the years)
[ +- ] Example of play
Player 1 roles a 4 (takes 4 sips/gulps), Player 2 rolls a 2(takes 2 sips/gulps)
Player1 roles a 5 (cumultaive 9, drinks the 5 for the roll) Player 2 rolls a skull/6 (cumulative stays at 2) has to roll the disadvantaged con save for the first time which means he has to beat 5
Game continues
Player one rolls a 5 (cumulative 20, drinks 5 drinks for the roll, has to due the con save which at the fourth roll since this player has avoided had two skull rolls makes this disadvantaged roll have to be 13) loses con save and passes out/ blacks out and loses. Player two has the option to finish their turn as a matter of drunken honor or can withhold and risk ridicule by friends/ the audience.
Player1 roles a 5 (cumultaive 9, drinks the 5 for the roll) Player 2 rolls a skull/6 (cumulative stays at 2) has to roll the disadvantaged con save for the first time which means he has to beat 5
Game continues
Player one rolls a 5 (cumulative 20, drinks 5 drinks for the roll, has to due the con save which at the fourth roll since this player has avoided had two skull rolls makes this disadvantaged roll have to be 13) loses con save and passes out/ blacks out and loses. Player two has the option to finish their turn as a matter of drunken honor or can withhold and risk ridicule by friends/ the audience.
[ +- ] If all the above is too complicated it can be the lore of the game and the play by post will be this one.
Is this too complicated? For ease of Play by post we could also roll a disadvantaged d20 add poison resistance/ weakness and the higher one wins.
Nov 14, 2017 5:00 am
@jacketch He didn't my plan with taking the symbol of the bandits was to use the crossbow bolt that struck him to trace the outline of it with a pinprick tattoo style. Maybe if Len is into it I could user the Brewers supplies to make some ink. I think he'd see the ambush as the start of an adventure/ job and he down to go after their leader to hopefully fill it in.
Nov 14, 2017 5:16 am
@starrbeardo I think I get the game, the con saves are with a d20 as normal correct?
Nov 14, 2017 5:20 am
@G3rmanicus correct but with disadvantage. Add any poison modifiers your character has after the rolls. In Barendd's case he get's +2 racial bonus on saving throws against poison, technically advantage on saving throws against poison which would cancel out the disadvantage, but it seems too OP for the spirit of the game.
Last edited November 14, 2017 5:22 am
Nov 14, 2017 4:23 pm
Starrbeardo, that all sounds great about the game. I'll let you lead that in character if you like. I have my own tavern game that work well in D&D that might come up later (if you ever get this tavern back on its feet).
I was going to mention that on your character sheet you have some stuff that looks like it is from a different edition of D&D. The rules for 5e are not compatible with other versions of the game, so you can't mix and match rules. This text in particular struck me as from a different edition:Just stick to the Player's Handbook or Basic Rules for 5e.
I was going to mention that on your character sheet you have some stuff that looks like it is from a different edition of D&D. The rules for 5e are not compatible with other versions of the game, so you can't mix and match rules. This text in particular struck me as from a different edition:
[ +- ] Not 5e Rules
Stability: A mountain dwarf gains a +4 bonus on ability checks made to resist being bull rushed or tripped when standing on the ground (but not when climbing, flying, riding, or otherwise not standing firmly on the ground).
+2 racial bonus on saving throws against poison.
+2 racial bonus on saving throws against spells and spell-like effects.
+1 racial bonus on attack rolls against orcs and goblinoids.
+4 dodge bonus to Armor Class against monsters of the giant type. Any time a creature loses its Dexterity bonus (if any) to Armor Class, such as when it’s caught flat-footed, it loses its dodge bonus, too.
+2 racial bonus on Appraise checks that are related to stone or metal items.
+2 racial bonus on Craft checks that are related to stone or metal.
+2 racial bonus on saving throws against poison.
+2 racial bonus on saving throws against spells and spell-like effects.
+1 racial bonus on attack rolls against orcs and goblinoids.
+4 dodge bonus to Armor Class against monsters of the giant type. Any time a creature loses its Dexterity bonus (if any) to Armor Class, such as when it’s caught flat-footed, it loses its dodge bonus, too.
+2 racial bonus on Appraise checks that are related to stone or metal items.
+2 racial bonus on Craft checks that are related to stone or metal.
Nov 15, 2017 1:55 am
Oh! I wasn't sure if I was supposed to do this part in notes or not since I was away from the rest of the party. I'll make the rest of my note public.
Nov 15, 2017 1:58 am
Starrbeardo says:
Maybe if Len is into it I could user the Brewers supplies to make some ink.Nov 15, 2017 11:25 pm
Might have got our timelines split up a bit here ... looks like Raishe and Barendd are in a scene that is sometime after dinner, while Pageflap and others are in a scene happening before dinner. No big deal here; Barendd and Raishe can play out their scene while Pageflap and others resolve theirs. We can merge the timelines together after.
I'll let you guys guide the action for now. Kit wants to perform his play for sure. You are welcome to do further exploration this evening, or go down for a night's rest at any time and pick up the action when you wake up.
I'll let you guys guide the action for now. Kit wants to perform his play for sure. You are welcome to do further exploration this evening, or go down for a night's rest at any time and pick up the action when you wake up.
Nov 17, 2017 6:15 am
I was curious about trinkets, do we all get one or was that an optional thing? And if we do get one so we have to roll for one or can we pick what we want?
Nov 17, 2017 6:24 am
The rules said it was optional, there's a table for them, you roll a 1d100 for it.
Nov 17, 2017 2:40 pm
Hey guys, sorry I haven't been posting much this week. I'm off work all next week, so I've been trying to get a lot of stuff done the last few days. Work is when I do most of my posting (makes me feel like I'm getting paid to play D&D!), so it's been tough to get on and do more than get a word in here and there. I'm heading out of town as soon as I leave work, so I may not be able to post much until tomorrow or Sunday. I don't want to hold up the action, so I'm fine with just a little narration about the play we put on and whether it lifts peoples' spirits.
Nov 17, 2017 6:08 pm
Thanks for the heads up McDunno. I'll put in a generic post, but if you want to retcon it when you have more time, we can copy-paste into that post to get the affect you were looking for. Or, if you're happy with the post we can leave it as is. Your call :)
Nov 17, 2017 6:27 pm
Thanks, Len. If I come up with something more elaborate, I can PM you and you can add it in. It's important to Kit to bring his art to the people, but it's important to McDunno that he doesn't hold up the action for everyone else!
Nov 17, 2017 7:44 pm
lenpelletier says:
TheDaykinator says:
Aegar listened intently as the Sheriff spoke and said not a word in response. He eyed the Sheriff, looking for any obvious signs the he was lying.OOC:
If you want to determine whether an NPC is telling the truth, you can roll an insight check: 1d20 + insight skill.OOC:
Thanks Len! Could I retroactively add that roll to my previous post, or just keep that in mind for next time?Nov 18, 2017 12:28 am
Hey, I'm so sorry for the disappearing act.
Started a new part time job as an apprentice electrician, and got called last minute on Tuesday night. Tore down part of a small wall down with a mallet on Wednesday. Felt pretty cleric like for a moment until my hands started to get numb. Heh, The light went out in the apartment we were working on so we had to do it old-school.
Regardless, it's no excuse. I'm sorry for the huge delay I hope I don't keep letting ya all down anymore, Ill make sure to give you fate warning next time, if anything comes up.
Started a new part time job as an apprentice electrician, and got called last minute on Tuesday night. Tore down part of a small wall down with a mallet on Wednesday. Felt pretty cleric like for a moment until my hands started to get numb. Heh, The light went out in the apartment we were working on so we had to do it old-school.
Regardless, it's no excuse. I'm sorry for the huge delay I hope I don't keep letting ya all down anymore, Ill make sure to give you fate warning next time, if anything comes up.
Nov 18, 2017 12:39 am
No worries I hope you don't mind I just pushed through on the religion talk for our characters.
Nov 18, 2017 1:52 am
Not at all, I'm sorry you had to go through it on your own. Things got pretty intense quickly! Love the weird vibe the inn has.
Nov 18, 2017 3:42 am
Gonna try doing a roll for a trinket. I'll add it to my inventory if it's something Pageflap would carry, if not then he probably left it at the tower.
Edit: Can't think of any reason he'd carry around nail clippings. Never mind the trinket then.
Edit: Can't think of any reason he'd carry around nail clippings. Never mind the trinket then.
Last edited November 18, 2017 3:45 am
Rolls
Trinket - (1d100)
(33) = 33
Nov 19, 2017 5:33 pm
@Daykinator: I'm not sure if I made my reaction to your retroactive insight roll clear, so I'll repost it here:
A note is something only that player can read, and represents personal knowledge that they have gleamed separate from everyone else. They can share that knowledge in character in whatever manner they feel is appropriate.
Len sent a note to TheDaykinator
Nov 20, 2017 8:06 am
Although we havent heard from everyone, looks like the majority wants to investigate the 'sinkhole' or dried-up hot spring in conjunction with the weird grub that attacked Pageflap. I'll set this in motion tomorrow unless anyone has any objections.
Nov 20, 2017 8:07 am
Reminder that we have now had a long rest, so HP, spell slots, and most other resources are reset to max again. Clerics can prepare a new set of spells if they wish to make changes.
Nov 20, 2017 6:48 pm
Just to confirm, the vertical tunnel is just a deep hole right? No ladders or anything? about how wide is the hole?
Nov 22, 2017 12:49 am
Anybody confused or uncertain on how to proceed? Please feel free to ask a question.
Nov 22, 2017 8:47 pm
Normally I'd ask for the party to give me a 'marching order' for the order of how you proceed into a place like we have here where order might matter. It wasn't necessary currently, but it would be a good idea to work out what is your party's standard 'marching order' for single file (who goes first, second, third, forth, fifth, and sixth (last) ) and double file (front, middle, back ranks). That way if there is a trap or encounter, we know where everyone is and how they will be affect. You can strategize based on your character's strengths and weaknesses as well as take into account your character's personalities.
Also, the standard marching order isn't set in stone - maybe in a trap-laden dungeon, the rogue would go first and in a goblin-infested cave the fighter would go first. But, by setting up a default, we can save the time it would take for everyone to post their positions and move the action forward most of the time.
So, discuss (as players, out of character) where your character would be in a theoretical single file and double file line if you were forced to travel through tight passages that way.
Also, the standard marching order isn't set in stone - maybe in a trap-laden dungeon, the rogue would go first and in a goblin-infested cave the fighter would go first. But, by setting up a default, we can save the time it would take for everyone to post their positions and move the action forward most of the time.
So, discuss (as players, out of character) where your character would be in a theoretical single file and double file line if you were forced to travel through tight passages that way.
Nov 22, 2017 8:52 pm
I would think as far as up front for dungeon things, Barendd would be well suited, he has +3 perception and proficiency in thieves tools which lets you add your proficiency bonus to any ability checks you make to disarm traps or open locks. Plus the high con can't hurt.
Nov 22, 2017 9:31 pm
Definitely, Starrbeardo. Barendd is a great frontline character for multiple situations.
Nov 22, 2017 10:51 pm
I think Barendd and Raishe have the highest Perception (both +3). If Barendd is in the front, it might be a good idea for Raishe to be right behind him so he can cast Guidance, giving Barendd an extra d4 he can add to his perception checks (Raishe has to be able to touch Barendd to give him Guidance). Although a case can be made that we might want another warrior up front. Kit and Pageflap are the squishiest, so right in the middle would be the best place for them.
Question for Len: How much does Kit's Dancing Lights cut through the steam? The only give off dim light, but he can spread them out in a line in front of Barendd, spaced no more than 20 feet apart (there are four of them). He would have to re-cast the spell every minute.
Question 2 for Len: Kit is a Wild Magic sorceror, though he has yet to cast a 1st level spell in actual game time (it's only been as part of the narration so far). Do you have any criteria for when he rolls for a Wild Magic Surge?
Question for Len: How much does Kit's Dancing Lights cut through the steam? The only give off dim light, but he can spread them out in a line in front of Barendd, spaced no more than 20 feet apart (there are four of them). He would have to re-cast the spell every minute.
Question 2 for Len: Kit is a Wild Magic sorceror, though he has yet to cast a 1st level spell in actual game time (it's only been as part of the narration so far). Do you have any criteria for when he rolls for a Wild Magic Surge?
Last edited November 22, 2017 10:52 pm
Nov 23, 2017 5:50 am
The 20-foot sight range in the steam fog already takes into account dancing lights. If you project them out further into the mist, you might create some vague shadows of what lies ahead, but you wouldn't be able to distinguish a stalagmite from a goblin.
For the Wild Magic Surge feature, I never say no to a player who wants to roll that d20 for the chance at a wild magic surge, and I haven't met any players of Wild Magic Sorcerers who ever pass up the opportunity. If that's you, then go for it. If that's not you, then we should collaborate on an appropriate frequency.
The most reliable way to get surges is from Tides of Chaos. I usually pull the trigger on Tides as soon as possible, both to make that delicious Wild Surge happen and to give you your Tides feature back. So, if you like Surges, then use your Tides feature as often as possible. If you don't want Surges, be very sparing with your use of Tides, or don't cast spells after using it at any rate! This way, the agency is still in your hands.
For the Wild Magic Surge feature, I never say no to a player who wants to roll that d20 for the chance at a wild magic surge, and I haven't met any players of Wild Magic Sorcerers who ever pass up the opportunity. If that's you, then go for it. If that's not you, then we should collaborate on an appropriate frequency.
The most reliable way to get surges is from Tides of Chaos. I usually pull the trigger on Tides as soon as possible, both to make that delicious Wild Surge happen and to give you your Tides feature back. So, if you like Surges, then use your Tides feature as often as possible. If you don't want Surges, be very sparing with your use of Tides, or don't cast spells after using it at any rate! This way, the agency is still in your hands.
Nov 23, 2017 6:59 am
We'll have to talk a bit about help actions as well. I want to tighten up how we use it. In Lunitar's game, we are pretty guilty of using it as an improved guidance cantrip that anyone can cast. We've trivialized more than a few skill checks in that game, and at least in my case there were times where the described assistance was pretty flimsy.
The link article sums up how I intend to adjudicate the help action in this game. Anybody is welcome to state their character is 'helping' another character and describe that assistance, and to save time the helped character's player is welcome to roll with advantage. You can even say you're helping after the roll was made to retroactively add advantage, such is PbP. However, I may rule that help as described was not sufficient to warrant advantage, and use only the first d20 roll to determine the success or failure of the check if you've already rolled it.
As the linked article describes, helping a character with a dangerous task opens a up the helper to the same dangers, or it may require a skill check to perform the helping action.
Generally in combat I'll be happy to let the help action stand, although a bit of role play as to how you're helping is still required.
The link article sums up how I intend to adjudicate the help action in this game. Anybody is welcome to state their character is 'helping' another character and describe that assistance, and to save time the helped character's player is welcome to roll with advantage. You can even say you're helping after the roll was made to retroactively add advantage, such is PbP. However, I may rule that help as described was not sufficient to warrant advantage, and use only the first d20 roll to determine the success or failure of the check if you've already rolled it.
As the linked article describes, helping a character with a dangerous task opens a up the helper to the same dangers, or it may require a skill check to perform the helping action.
Generally in combat I'll be happy to let the help action stand, although a bit of role play as to how you're helping is still required.
Nov 23, 2017 1:38 pm
I've only ever played a Draconic sorcerer (and only briefly, at that), so, yeah, I'm ready to roll those bones after every spell! Bring on those surges!
I'm with you on the skill checks. I'm happy to abuse the heck out of the help action if the DM allows it, even though I'm a much stricter DM in my own game. What the second player is doing has to make sense. And I sometimes get even stricter than that. Depending on how specialized the skill involved is, I'll typically only allow someone to help if they're proficient. Calming a panicky horse, for example. If the second person trying to help doesn't have a lot of experience with horses and isn't proficient in Animal Handling, their help is certainly not going to double the first person's chances of calming that beast.
I'm with you on the skill checks. I'm happy to abuse the heck out of the help action if the DM allows it, even though I'm a much stricter DM in my own game. What the second player is doing has to make sense. And I sometimes get even stricter than that. Depending on how specialized the skill involved is, I'll typically only allow someone to help if they're proficient. Calming a panicky horse, for example. If the second person trying to help doesn't have a lot of experience with horses and isn't proficient in Animal Handling, their help is certainly not going to double the first person's chances of calming that beast.
Nov 23, 2017 4:30 pm
Well everyone, we've been playing for about half a month now! Congrats on surviving this far. I think it is a good time to take stock of how the game is going.
First off, how is this matching your expectations of what D&D is like in a play-by-post medium? If not, how does it differ from what you expected?
Second, what are you enjoying about the game? What are you not enjoying? What do you want to see more of? How do you like the character you've designed so far?
Be honest. I can't tune the game to the group's interests and preferences if you aren't being honest about what works and does not work for you.
Third, I wanted to remind everyone that we committed to a 1 post per day schedule during the week, and a 'post what you can' schedule on the weekend. Thank you to the players who have been honouring that, or at least giving the group a heads up when you know things are busy. This week has been pretty bad for some players. What's up?
First off, how is this matching your expectations of what D&D is like in a play-by-post medium? If not, how does it differ from what you expected?
Second, what are you enjoying about the game? What are you not enjoying? What do you want to see more of? How do you like the character you've designed so far?
Be honest. I can't tune the game to the group's interests and preferences if you aren't being honest about what works and does not work for you.
Third, I wanted to remind everyone that we committed to a 1 post per day schedule during the week, and a 'post what you can' schedule on the weekend. Thank you to the players who have been honouring that, or at least giving the group a heads up when you know things are busy. This week has been pretty bad for some players. What's up?
Nov 23, 2017 11:00 pm
Work has been pretty busy for me, which is when I usually have time to post. I’ll make sure to keep posting though, I’m having a lot of fun with this. Combat is awesome :D my favorite part!
Nov 23, 2017 11:05 pm
I wasn't very sure what to expect from a play by post D&D session, but I'm liking it so far! A bit slower than I was expecting on some parts while faster in some others. The fighting's over faster than expected, but that may be due to me playing 4e before, I heard that was longer than other versions.
I like the freedom of the game, there's a lot of plot hooks laying around. The slow pace is something I'm getting used to, hate the waiting sometimes but it would be a lot harder to play without it so I really don't have many complaints. I'm liking Pageflap too! The lack of a voice worried me at first, and while I have trouble thinking of how he expresses himself sometimes I'm satisfied with what I come up with.
And Black Friday's been a bit rough on me so far, so I'm very likely not gonna be able to post at all tomorrow.
I like the freedom of the game, there's a lot of plot hooks laying around. The slow pace is something I'm getting used to, hate the waiting sometimes but it would be a lot harder to play without it so I really don't have many complaints. I'm liking Pageflap too! The lack of a voice worried me at first, and while I have trouble thinking of how he expresses himself sometimes I'm satisfied with what I come up with.
And Black Friday's been a bit rough on me so far, so I'm very likely not gonna be able to post at all tomorrow.
Nov 24, 2017 7:52 pm
I have to say, I hate the waiting too. A game is only as good as the group. If everyone is posting once per day, at least something interesting usually happens for the players daily. If somebody is not participating, then they are making the game worse. Hopefully we can get everybody back on track and make some progress.
If a particular player is regularly having trouble keeping up with the game's pace (especially not communicating their absences in advance), this game probably is not right for them. I understand, life happens. But if players need to take time away from the game to deal with life, then do so. I'll ask them to leave the game, and hope that they can find a game that better fits their busy lives.
Consider this a warning for Ramen (haven't posted in game for 3 days), TheDaykinator (haven't posted in game for 6 days) and G3rmanicus (spotty posting in game over the last several days).
If a particular player is regularly having trouble keeping up with the game's pace (especially not communicating their absences in advance), this game probably is not right for them. I understand, life happens. But if players need to take time away from the game to deal with life, then do so. I'll ask them to leave the game, and hope that they can find a game that better fits their busy lives.
Consider this a warning for Ramen (haven't posted in game for 3 days), TheDaykinator (haven't posted in game for 6 days) and G3rmanicus (spotty posting in game over the last several days).
Nov 26, 2017 6:48 pm
Im so sorry everyone! Ive been in the process of switching ISP's for the past week, unfortunately that process took much longer than I expected. To make matters worse the day after I was disconnected by my old ISP, I dropped my phone in a lake while fishing. At long last, Ive gotten my internet activated by my new company and am catching up on everything Ive been missing out on this past week.
Nov 27, 2017 4:22 pm
G3rmanicus says:
Iman goes into a rage! Seeing that the range of the tentacles can be unpredictable, he chooses to charge at these first. Charging towards the tentacle on the left, Iman grabs the end of his halberd and attempts a sweep at the base of the tentacle to chop it right off!EDIT:
Nice! I see you edited to add that you attack from 10' out. Now just take a step back so you can get that reaction!
Last edited November 27, 2017 4:23 pm
Nov 27, 2017 4:26 pm
Regarding enemies like tentacles, would an attack of opportunity be provoked during one of their attacks? Because their position isn't really changing, but I assume I can still react to their motion of reach?
Nov 27, 2017 4:28 pm
McDunno says:
G3rmanicus says:
Iman goes into a rage! Seeing that the range of the tentacles can be unpredictable, he chooses to charge at these first. Charging towards the tentacle on the left, Iman grabs the end of his halberd and attempts a sweep at the base of the tentacle to chop it right off!EDIT:
Nice! I see you edited to add that you attack from 10' out. Now just take a step back so you can get that reaction!
Nov 27, 2017 4:32 pm
G3rmanicus says:
Regarding enemies like tentacles, would an attack of opportunity be provoked during one of their attacks? Because their position isn't really changing, but I assume I can still react to their motion of reach?Nov 27, 2017 8:06 pm
In regards to a tentacle-type reach attack entering your space triggering your polearm master feat, I'd say no if it goes for an ally, but I'll give it to you if they attack YOU specifically, because that would look cool :)
Nov 27, 2017 9:42 pm
Jacketch says:
How much damage can Pageflap do with burning hands without hurting his allies?Nov 27, 2017 10:05 pm
Good question, Jacketch. Let's say you can hit up to 4 things on either side if you can get there. So, either you can burning hands the two tentacles attacking the back ranks OR you can burning hands any 4 enemies attacking the front ranks (choose any combination of 4 from the 2 tentacles and 4 grubs, eg: 4 grubs, or 2 tentacles and 2 grubs, or 1 tentacle and 3 grubs).
At the moment you won't be able to get to the front ranks because you are grappled by a tentacle and therefore can't move.
For the record, you can burning hands through the party if you wish, and I'd let you hit all 6 creatures in the front rank if you do. But you're also going to hit the front and middle ranks as well (4 characters), which is totally not worth it. If in the future you guys pick up, say, rings of fire immunity or something, it would be a legit strategy.
At the moment you won't be able to get to the front ranks because you are grappled by a tentacle and therefore can't move.
For the record, you can burning hands through the party if you wish, and I'd let you hit all 6 creatures in the front rank if you do. But you're also going to hit the front and middle ranks as well (4 characters), which is totally not worth it. If in the future you guys pick up, say, rings of fire immunity or something, it would be a legit strategy.
Nov 27, 2017 10:07 pm
Thanks for the OOC comments in the game thread, McDunno. You are correct on all accounts. Serves me right for posting between classes :)
Nov 28, 2017 1:51 am
So I can only hit 4 characters then, or do you mean I can't without hurting my allies because I'm held in place? I'm assuming I can hit two tentacles and two grubs without hitting anyone else from what I'm hearing.
Nov 28, 2017 3:06 am
Sorry if I'm not being clear.
Currently you are being held in place (grappled) and cannot reach the front rank with burning hands (unless you burn your allies)
If that changes, you can move forward and can safely hit 4 enemies in the front rank without hurting your allies. If you want to hit more than 4, you'll hit your allies.
I offered to let you hit all 6 bad guys if you also got the first and middle ranks, but it was mostly just an example. Roasting your party to get an extra 2 targets is not a good idea currently.
Currently you are being held in place (grappled) and cannot reach the front rank with burning hands (unless you burn your allies)
If that changes, you can move forward and can safely hit 4 enemies in the front rank without hurting your allies. If you want to hit more than 4, you'll hit your allies.
I offered to let you hit all 6 bad guys if you also got the first and middle ranks, but it was mostly just an example. Roasting your party to get an extra 2 targets is not a good idea currently.
Nov 28, 2017 4:35 am
So right now Burning Hands would only be able to attack the tentacle grappling me without hitting any allies then?
Also I can either attack or try to escape, not both?
Also I can either attack or try to escape, not both?
Last edited November 28, 2017 4:41 am
Nov 28, 2017 4:44 am
Until you break the grapple (using your action to roll an acrobatics check), you won't be able to use Burning Hands without hitting a bunch of your allies. You can still attack if you don't want to break the grapple. You could target a slug or the tentacle creature with firebolt or magic missile or you could target the tentacle with shocking grasp or your dagger.
Nov 28, 2017 4:45 am
Jacketch says:
Also I can either attack or try to escape, not both?
Nov 28, 2017 4:46 am
Okay, the first part was what I wanted to know. Sorry if it took me a while to get it, I'm a little tired right now
Nov 28, 2017 5:36 am
McDunno's got it right, Jacketch!
I have to admit, I am not doing the best job in this particular encounter of making things clear. It's report card time, and I've been up to 1am every night finishing up my marks for the past 5 days! I wanted to get a map or some kind of visual aid drawn up to make things more clear but it just didn't happen this time. Things need to be crystal clear for all games, but especially for a beginner's game :) But hey, we're doing our best!
I have to admit, I am not doing the best job in this particular encounter of making things clear. It's report card time, and I've been up to 1am every night finishing up my marks for the past 5 days! I wanted to get a map or some kind of visual aid drawn up to make things more clear but it just didn't happen this time. Things need to be crystal clear for all games, but especially for a beginner's game :) But hey, we're doing our best!
Nov 28, 2017 3:48 pm
lenpelletier says:
I wanted to get a map or some kind of visual aid drawn up to make things more clear but it just didn't happen this time. Things need to be crystal clear for all games, but especially for a beginner's game :) But hey, we're doing our best!I think theater of the mind works okay here, despite some confusion over the workings of an area of effect spell. And, for the most part, it's worked out well in other, higher level games I've played. It's just that when trying to visualize combat with a 20th level character who could turn invisible, had 120' movement (with an upper potential of 360' in a round), and who could move around without taking opportunity attacks, it became impossible to theater of the mind that! Especially when your last turn in combat was 24 hours ago!
For our purposes, I think even a quick graphic done in Microsoft Paint would be sufficient.
Nov 28, 2017 5:09 pm
Ramen has been on for awhile, so I'm going to 'bot' Raishe's actions. In general, if a player isn't around for 24 hours in the middle of a combat, I usually conduct their turn, but I have that character play a minor role. It is usually not fun for all the players at the table if a character controlled by the DM saves the day. I'd rather the present players have the spotlight. Also, it is not fun for the player to come back and have all their spell slots or consumables used up by the DM and to have few to no options left to play with.
Generally, I'll have that character play defensively, use the help action or dodge action only. So, while Raishe does have a particularly useful cantrip that does AoE damage, I won't use it. However, since Raishe is a Life Cleric and the party is taking damage, I will use one of his spell slots to heal whoever needs it the most (Barendd currently). Anyone playing a Life Cleric probably intended to do healing, and it doesn't steal the spotlight away from present players.
Generally, I'll have that character play defensively, use the help action or dodge action only. So, while Raishe does have a particularly useful cantrip that does AoE damage, I won't use it. However, since Raishe is a Life Cleric and the party is taking damage, I will use one of his spell slots to heal whoever needs it the most (Barendd currently). Anyone playing a Life Cleric probably intended to do healing, and it doesn't steal the spotlight away from present players.
Nov 30, 2017 5:14 am
Starrbeardo says:
OOC:
So one grub is dead two are hit against the wall.That leaves one left ankle to attack at present? And there is one or two tentacles left? Plus the mass is bleeding?
Dec 1, 2017 5:16 am
Aegar's turn. Kit and Iman, go ahead and take your round actions in advance. Kit, I should note you are no longer grappled as the tentacle attacked a different target.
Barennd, I just noticed this: when you are dual wielding weapons, you aren't supposed to add your Strength modifier to your damage on the second hand's attack. It's just 1d6. Don't worry about changing any posts or anything, just mentioning it for the future :)
Barennd, I just noticed this: when you are dual wielding weapons, you aren't supposed to add your Strength modifier to your damage on the second hand's attack. It's just 1d6. Don't worry about changing any posts or anything, just mentioning it for the future :)
Dec 1, 2017 5:54 am
Would doing an arcana check count as an action, or can I just do it with Kit's advantage? I'm gonna post as of the answer was yes, I'll delete it if it's no.
Dec 1, 2017 6:02 am
Len needs to rule on it, but for what it's worth, this is my take. Typically, a skill check doesn't use an action. I would consider it an interaction with an object, which you get one free each round. However, I would be less inclined to allow people giving advantage for free. So my ruling would be that Kit has to use hia action to give advantage, but Pageflap does not to make an Arcana check.
How does that sound to you, Len?
How does that sound to you, Len?
Dec 1, 2017 6:26 am
I'll edit it however you want if it goes against the rules, Len.
On an unrelated note that I meant to ask a while back, are we gonna go with Celestial being Spanish now?
On an unrelated note that I meant to ask a while back, are we gonna go with Celestial being Spanish now?
Dec 1, 2017 6:38 am
Jacketch says:
Would doing an arcana check count as an action, or can I just do it with Kit's advantage? I'm gonna post as of the answer was yes, I'll delete it if it's no.McDunno says:
Kit's not proficient in Arcana, so he's taking the Help Action to give Pageflap advantage on an Arcana check to see if he can figure out what this thing's doing and how it can be defeated. If this doesn't use up an Action, Kit will re-cast Dancing Lights.I think Kit should leave it as flavourful dialogue, and Pageflap just does a regular arcana check. As you suggested, use Kit's action to cast Dancing Lights or something else - your call :)
Dec 1, 2017 6:40 am
Makes sense. I'll delete the post and do the check next round, or just edit it to just internal thoughts.
Last edited December 1, 2017 6:42 am
Dec 1, 2017 6:42 am
Celestial = Spanish? I think Starrbeardo established that Barendd speaks in Spanish when he has suffered a concussion, which is just 'gibberish' in this world. I don't think he's talking in Celestial exactly. Or maybe he is? Plot twist - Barendd is a demigod!
Dec 1, 2017 7:24 am
Jacketch says:
Makes sense. I'll delete the post and do the check next round, or just edit it to just internal thoughts.Dec 1, 2017 7:37 am
@Jacketch: actually I should give you the choice ... do you want this to stand as your action for next round? (it would have to be, since you have already taken casting your awesome ice knife spell this round). Or do you want to do something else?
Dec 1, 2017 12:24 pm
@lenpelletier: Actually yeah, make that my move for round 4. It'd be a shame to waste that roll. Thanks!
Dec 1, 2017 3:33 pm
I forgot about that Improvise an Action biz. You're right, I can see how allowing free skill checks can be abused. Although I'm now thinking of a new multiclass barbarian/cleric (if the DM allows the "skills with different abilities" variant) or bard/cleric (if the DM does not). He'll intimidate you as his action and smash you with his Spiritual Weapon as his bonus.
This is a good lesson for new players, too. Even if someone knows all the rules, it doesn't mean they know all the rules. A lesson I learned in my RL group with a DM who doesn't know the rules as well as he thinks and gets angry when the players correct him. He carried the latest argument over into a second session two weeks later, even though he had been shown (by a WoTC ruling) that he was wrong. He agreed the rule should be applied as the game designers stated, but he wanted us to acknowledge that he was still right in his interpretation of the rules as written and that the designers had to ignore that in order to come out with a ruling that fixed their mistake. Luckily, he's no longer the DM.
Len, what level of interaction would you require for Kit to help on an Arcana check? If your answer is "none, he's not proficient," I can get behind that. But if you're going to the doctor for a physical, he's not going to check out that obvious bump on your head unless you point it out to him! I would argue that the physical is the perception check (a high enough roll and the bump will be noticed) and pointing out the bump is the advantage-giving help (increases your chances to figure out what's up with this bump). I mean, Pageflap got a 22, so I'm happy to cast dancing lights and let him have at it on his own. But since you have said you require a certain level of justification for the help action, for future reference what would it have taken in this instance? Well, short of going right up to the thing, because Kit was certainly not going to do that!
This is a good lesson for new players, too. Even if someone knows all the rules, it doesn't mean they know all the rules. A lesson I learned in my RL group with a DM who doesn't know the rules as well as he thinks and gets angry when the players correct him. He carried the latest argument over into a second session two weeks later, even though he had been shown (by a WoTC ruling) that he was wrong. He agreed the rule should be applied as the game designers stated, but he wanted us to acknowledge that he was still right in his interpretation of the rules as written and that the designers had to ignore that in order to come out with a ruling that fixed their mistake. Luckily, he's no longer the DM.
Len, what level of interaction would you require for Kit to help on an Arcana check? If your answer is "none, he's not proficient," I can get behind that. But if you're going to the doctor for a physical, he's not going to check out that obvious bump on your head unless you point it out to him! I would argue that the physical is the perception check (a high enough roll and the bump will be noticed) and pointing out the bump is the advantage-giving help (increases your chances to figure out what's up with this bump). I mean, Pageflap got a 22, so I'm happy to cast dancing lights and let him have at it on his own. But since you have said you require a certain level of justification for the help action, for future reference what would it have taken in this instance? Well, short of going right up to the thing, because Kit was certainly not going to do that!
Dec 1, 2017 5:49 pm
I was internally conflicted when I said 'no' to the Help action. McDunno is just trying to push the story forward AND put another character in the spotlight at the same time. What a fabulous use of his action! A DM could have easily ignored the 'improvised action' rules and put the story / fun first.
But, I decided to put the rules first on that one. Help actions are a bit of a 'bee in my bonnet' right now, and I sometimes see it abused (and have abused it myself!) in other games. So, I'm being a stickler for the rules there. This is especially true out of combat.
Another problem with the Help action (especially in combat) is that it takes away a bit of player choice. Although Pageflap can ignore the Help action, as people we feel obligated to honour another person's action. So, Pageflap's turn has been dictated by Kit's actions. I'm sure this was not McDunno's intention, and maybe it wasn't even the case in this instance, but it COULD be a problem.
HELP ACTION GUIDELINES
Helping Attacks: A character using the Help action to grant advantage to another character's attack roll is mostly fine. Add some justification: distracting, feinting, flanking, etc. However, there will always be edge cases. Can a tied up character provide Help to another player defending him? Can a wizard's raven familiar aid him on a spell attack? We'll handle these on a case-by-case basis, and probably depends on the ingenuity of the Helper as they describe their Help action.
Helping Skill Checks: A character needs to bring some new, relevant information or a useful asset to the situation in order to help. It may require a skill check of your own.
Example: The barbarian is knock a door down. The paladin with strength 16 said "I'll help knock it down too" and I'll probably be fine with it because of common sense. If the scrawny gnome wizard said "I'll help." I'll probably ask "how?" If he says he's putting his adorable little shoulder to the wall side-by-side with the barbarian, I'll disallow the help action. But, if the petite wizard wants to analyze the door for a weak spot, I'd let him roll an investigation check. If he passed, he could tell the barbarian where to strike it, and i'd grant the help action. The wizard is now bringing something new to the situation.
It's not necessarily a matter of being trained. If the Gnome wizard was not trained in investigation, I'd still allow it. It's more the ingenuity of the action, and whether or not it brings new, relevant information to the task.
So, I'll turn your question back to you, McDunno: What new information or asset could Kit have brought to the situation to provide Help to Pageflap? If you can't think of a good, common sense answer, it probably means Kit wasn't in a position to help.
But, I decided to put the rules first on that one. Help actions are a bit of a 'bee in my bonnet' right now, and I sometimes see it abused (and have abused it myself!) in other games. So, I'm being a stickler for the rules there. This is especially true out of combat.
Another problem with the Help action (especially in combat) is that it takes away a bit of player choice. Although Pageflap can ignore the Help action, as people we feel obligated to honour another person's action. So, Pageflap's turn has been dictated by Kit's actions. I'm sure this was not McDunno's intention, and maybe it wasn't even the case in this instance, but it COULD be a problem.
HELP ACTION GUIDELINES
Helping Attacks: A character using the Help action to grant advantage to another character's attack roll is mostly fine. Add some justification: distracting, feinting, flanking, etc. However, there will always be edge cases. Can a tied up character provide Help to another player defending him? Can a wizard's raven familiar aid him on a spell attack? We'll handle these on a case-by-case basis, and probably depends on the ingenuity of the Helper as they describe their Help action.
Helping Skill Checks: A character needs to bring some new, relevant information or a useful asset to the situation in order to help. It may require a skill check of your own.
Example: The barbarian is knock a door down. The paladin with strength 16 said "I'll help knock it down too" and I'll probably be fine with it because of common sense. If the scrawny gnome wizard said "I'll help." I'll probably ask "how?" If he says he's putting his adorable little shoulder to the wall side-by-side with the barbarian, I'll disallow the help action. But, if the petite wizard wants to analyze the door for a weak spot, I'd let him roll an investigation check. If he passed, he could tell the barbarian where to strike it, and i'd grant the help action. The wizard is now bringing something new to the situation.
It's not necessarily a matter of being trained. If the Gnome wizard was not trained in investigation, I'd still allow it. It's more the ingenuity of the action, and whether or not it brings new, relevant information to the task.
So, I'll turn your question back to you, McDunno: What new information or asset could Kit have brought to the situation to provide Help to Pageflap? If you can't think of a good, common sense answer, it probably means Kit wasn't in a position to help.
Dec 1, 2017 6:14 pm
I like that Gnome doing an Investigation check on the door bit! I'm not a fan of just saying no to players, but if I had been presented with that scenario, I'm pretty sure I would have said no without coming up with the Investigation alternative.
You're right, Len, I could have done the Arcana check myself (+2 isn't terrible), but I felt something was up with the glowing mass and, since I'm here as experienced support, didn't want to be the one front-and-center figuring it out (it's also why I felt comfortable creating a character with no offensive or defensive capabilities--I'm not getting the kill-shot on the next Big Bad!). In my RL game, I'm more than willing to hog the spotlight. I tend to create strong-willed characters and have story arcs in mind for them that I push toward, whereas the other players are more passive and treat their characters more like pieces on a gameboard. We finally have a DM who appreciates the storytelling aspect of D&D, and I'm taking full advantage of that!
Anyway, yeah, I didn't intend to dictate Pageflap's turn (especially since I was operating on the assumption that he could do an Arcana check as a free action). But I also felt that what was happening each time a spell was cast was important and was flying under the radar. And that's what I felt was new information that Kit was bringing to Help Pageflap. It felt like the importance of it was being overlooked, so I had Kit point it out without him being the one to investigate it.
I'm not blowing smoke up your rear, Len, but I love the fact that you're the type of DM we can have these discussions with. I know sometimes that can be a problem if players try to take advantage of a benevolent DM, but you've also shown yourself to be adept at making a ruling, justifying it, and not being petty (like the DM I mentioned in a previous post) when players question it.
Cause when a DM just shuts down a conversation (or players don't feel comfortable asking questions), nobody learns nothin' (like a skill check taking an Action or letting a Gnome help bust down a door with an Investigation).
You're right, Len, I could have done the Arcana check myself (+2 isn't terrible), but I felt something was up with the glowing mass and, since I'm here as experienced support, didn't want to be the one front-and-center figuring it out (it's also why I felt comfortable creating a character with no offensive or defensive capabilities--I'm not getting the kill-shot on the next Big Bad!). In my RL game, I'm more than willing to hog the spotlight. I tend to create strong-willed characters and have story arcs in mind for them that I push toward, whereas the other players are more passive and treat their characters more like pieces on a gameboard. We finally have a DM who appreciates the storytelling aspect of D&D, and I'm taking full advantage of that!
Anyway, yeah, I didn't intend to dictate Pageflap's turn (especially since I was operating on the assumption that he could do an Arcana check as a free action). But I also felt that what was happening each time a spell was cast was important and was flying under the radar. And that's what I felt was new information that Kit was bringing to Help Pageflap. It felt like the importance of it was being overlooked, so I had Kit point it out without him being the one to investigate it.
I'm not blowing smoke up your rear, Len, but I love the fact that you're the type of DM we can have these discussions with. I know sometimes that can be a problem if players try to take advantage of a benevolent DM, but you've also shown yourself to be adept at making a ruling, justifying it, and not being petty (like the DM I mentioned in a previous post) when players question it.
Cause when a DM just shuts down a conversation (or players don't feel comfortable asking questions), nobody learns nothin' (like a skill check taking an Action or letting a Gnome help bust down a door with an Investigation).
Dec 1, 2017 6:16 pm
Are there any special rules about taking during combat? Do I have to wait my turn to say something, or can I just blurt it out now so the rest know?
Dec 1, 2017 6:23 pm
Sorry Jacketch, I just added that to the post. You can say a sentence or two. A round of combat is 6 seconds of time, so use that as a guideline. I'm okay with people pushing that limit a little for dramatic or fun purposes.
Dec 1, 2017 6:25 pm
BTW, I like how we're using the OOC thread for rules discussion and clarification now. I'm more guilty than everyone for putting too many OOC posts in the game forum and cluttering up the action, so don't feel bad. But, let's keep doing it this way: it will keep the game thread as clear and readable as possible.
Dec 2, 2017 6:46 pm
I believe the grub attacked Barendd but didn't hit, so it should be the party's turn again. Right?
Dec 2, 2017 7:47 pm
Oh yeah, forgot to mention it died in the shockwave, no acid splash damage. Will edit when I get home. Thanks Jacketch
Dec 2, 2017 8:46 pm
With the chunk of the hand that clinked into the darkness can I light a torch and try to find it, maybe doing an investigation or perception check?
Dec 2, 2017 8:52 pm
As far as Spanish= Celestial I think Ramen and I were talking about the Spanish being related to being healed by Raishe when his HP went to zero. Which lead to a religious experience for someone who had never been exposed to religion before. If having it be Celestial would be the wrong language to be related to stylistically, then we can liken it more to speaking in tongues for some unknown deity at this point. I thought we had spoken to Len about this but maybe I thought I talked about it and didn't, oops.
Dec 2, 2017 9:31 pm
Do rituals use up spell slots, by the way? I thought they did but now I'm not sure.
Dec 2, 2017 10:29 pm
We can make Spanish = Celestial, no problemo! (jaja I don't speak any Spanish). Sorry if I wasn't understanding 100%, I can be obtuse. I definitely understand the divine connection.
Jacketch, rituals use 10 minutes of time and no spell slots.
Jacketch, rituals use 10 minutes of time and no spell slots.
Dec 2, 2017 11:13 pm
Jaketch, have you thought about which school of magic you want to specialize in when we hit 2nd level? I don't think any of the rest of us have big character decisions to make when we level up, but wizards choose their Arcane Tradition. I meant to mention something about this earlier when you were asking about whether you could hit the enemy with Burning Hands without hitting your friends. If area of effect (AoE) spells are something you want to lean toward, Evocation would be the school for that. You can choose creatures in range of an AoE spell that will avoid damage. There are seven other schools, though, so you might want to start thinking about it now.
Dec 2, 2017 11:19 pm
I checked them out, but Pageflap'll be the kind of bird to go for abjuration what with his goal and everything
Dec 2, 2017 11:34 pm
I'm not sure if I want to keep Burning Hands, though. Ice Knife has been serving me well so far, and I'm wondering if I can or should switch it with Shield for just in case situations.
Dec 2, 2017 11:43 pm
You won't be able to have Shield in your spellbook until 2nd level, and you'll be able to memorize one more spell (a total of 5) then, so by the time you have Shield available, you won't have to make the decision. I would want to keep Ice Knife, though. That thing is pretty powerful. I suppose what keeps it from being overpowered is the fact that it does no damage on a save, as opposed to the typical half damage for an AoE spell.
Dec 2, 2017 11:47 pm
Oh I meant switch Burning Hands with Shield, sorry. Not giving up my Ice Knife.
Dec 2, 2017 11:57 pm
Along with Shield, what's the other spell you plan to put in your spellbook next level?
Last edited December 2, 2017 11:59 pm
Dec 3, 2017 12:51 am
It's not exactly advice, but a couple thoughts occur to me. I'd say with Mage Armor and the ward you get from the school of abjuration, you could probably hold off on shield until 3rd level. We have three beef boys to take damage, so Pageflap should be able to avoid being a target (or taking much damage if he becomes one). My own play style is a little off traditional, so take my ruminations with that in mind. I'm a fan of lesser-used utility spells and coming up with unique ways to use them. You've got some good offensive and defensive spells. Feather Fall would be a nice one to help out your party if something happens. Are there any other spells that strike your fancy, even if you can't think how they would come into play?
Dec 5, 2017 12:58 am
Yikes guys this seems dubious. Should we presume talking would arouse some leech attention? Also would Barendd have time to create a pick of sorts using one of his two crowbars the claw and some rope?
Dec 5, 2017 2:34 am
Not sure, seems like if we move forward at all we’d get noticed. I would say to try and tie the rope to the claw and throw it towards the box to try and get a hook to pull it, but there are tentacles all around it. And I’m sure we don’t have a way of opening the doors without close inspection. Hmmmm.
Dec 5, 2017 6:18 am
@Starrbeardo: It is safe to assume the sound of water crashing from the fissures above will drown out any quiet noises you make. Also, you have as much time as you want to take. You can even go back to town to resupply, although it'll cost you a con save as you have to climb back out to the surface.
So far, you've only been noticed when PageFlap poked the root. How entrenched the box is is hard to say from this range.
So far, you've only been noticed when PageFlap poked the root. How entrenched the box is is hard to say from this range.
Dec 6, 2017 1:44 am
It may be possible for Pageflap to sneak over there since he has +5 in stealth, and Raishe's guidance could boost that some more too. Not to mention using inspiration, but I already used mine. It would still be risky, but it's doable if we're not able to figure out how to use the golden doors.
Dec 6, 2017 3:00 pm
Yeah the door seems like a less risky route if we can unravel its secret.
Last edited December 7, 2017 10:19 am
Dec 6, 2017 11:21 pm
So, do you guys want to return to the surface then? The door is still as shut as before, but you could try a few things:
1. Ask around town for more information
2. Try other resources at your disposal that you haven't tried yet
3. Find more equipment / tools / manpower to execute some plan to open it
4. Something else entirely
1. Ask around town for more information
2. Try other resources at your disposal that you haven't tried yet
3. Find more equipment / tools / manpower to execute some plan to open it
4. Something else entirely
Dec 6, 2017 11:42 pm
I think we should head back to the inn. Gotta tell the owner what's up with their spring after all. Also I'd like to get a spell slot from a sort rest, used up both of mine on that battle. We should still have plenty of time before the egg sacks hatch I think. I'll have Pageflap do an arcane check with his magic vision before we leave though. On just about everything in the room actually. Do I need to roll several times for that?
Dec 7, 2017 4:20 am
Maybe check out the statue since there's magic a foot. Or more info about the white kenku
Dec 7, 2017 6:21 am
Probably not gonna get much info on the Kenku general from the villagers, but it's worth a shot. His keep is also an option, though it may be haunted. There should also be another path at the bottom of the hole we entered from that leads below the hand statue
Dec 7, 2017 6:28 am
No need to roll multiple arcana checks. I wouldn't have asked you to roll anyway. The spell does what it does, no roll required, and you've gained some valuable insights from it.
To get back to the surface, everyone does an athletics check (DC 15) to climb the rope, followed by a CON saving throw (DC 6 this time). Failure on the climb check will result in 1d6 bludgeoning damage as you stumble and whack into the wall and you'll be at disadvantage to make your CON saving throw.
If you take a short rest at the top, you can use your Hit Dice to heal in addition to other class features like Pageflap's arcane recovery. The CON saves for the sauna tunnels will reset back to 5. If anyone incurs exhaustion from failed con saves, that does not reset until after a long rest.
To get back to the surface, everyone does an athletics check (DC 15) to climb the rope, followed by a CON saving throw (DC 6 this time). Failure on the climb check will result in 1d6 bludgeoning damage as you stumble and whack into the wall and you'll be at disadvantage to make your CON saving throw.
If you take a short rest at the top, you can use your Hit Dice to heal in addition to other class features like Pageflap's arcane recovery. The CON saves for the sauna tunnels will reset back to 5. If anyone incurs exhaustion from failed con saves, that does not reset until after a long rest.
Dec 8, 2017 1:10 am
Would it be possible to do an acrobatics check to climb the rope, or does it have to be Athletics?
Dec 8, 2017 5:03 am
Sorry Jackech, Acrobatics is more for balancing type activities. If you were tightrope walking, Acrobatics would be appropriate.
Starrbeardo, that's using your head! Yep, you can definitely haul somebody up the rope. I'll let any character take the Athletics check on behalf of another character provided you are at the top. You can even have somebody use the Help action if you both pull on the rope, giving you advantage. However, any characters pulling up the rope will have to do another Con saving throw, and each attempt will escalate the DC by 1.
Starrbeardo, that's using your head! Yep, you can definitely haul somebody up the rope. I'll let any character take the Athletics check on behalf of another character provided you are at the top. You can even have somebody use the Help action if you both pull on the rope, giving you advantage. However, any characters pulling up the rope will have to do another Con saving throw, and each attempt will escalate the DC by 1.
Dec 8, 2017 5:07 am
Would my plan of taking one's backpack off to reduce weight have helped at all with the Athletics check?
Dec 8, 2017 6:14 am
Yeah, that sounds reasonable. Probably lower the DC because 15 assumes you're carrying your gear. Probably would lower it to 12, but you'd have to get your equipment up separately.
Dec 8, 2017 6:16 am
Yeah I thought so. That's why Pageflap tied it to the end of the rope, to pull it up once he was at the top.
Also Pageflap was at 3 hp at the end of the battle I think. Is he unconscious now?
Also Pageflap was at 3 hp at the end of the battle I think. Is he unconscious now?
Dec 8, 2017 7:27 am
Sorry, I didn't quite get what was going on there. My fault. Let's redo the whole thing. I noticed that McDunno posted about having you help him look in his book, which may have a link to what is going on down there, so that would be another option since we are redoing things.
For future reference, you are correct that if you go to 0 hp you would be unconscious.
For future reference, you are correct that if you go to 0 hp you would be unconscious.
Dec 8, 2017 2:34 pm
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
Just to be clear, McDunno, you aren't risking Kit's death by climbing. As explained in the OOC thread, failure means taking 1d6 damage and disadvantage on a DC 6 Con Save (still fine odds). The worst that can happen is you take 6 damage and get a point of exhaustion. Raishe healed you in combat so you should be at full HP. Starrbeardo also came up with a good idea to differ that strength check to somebody who would haul you out rather than you climb yourself.I was also a little confused as to our course of action. I thought Pageflap was going to try and inspect the doors and see what the sign said. I was hoping to tie in Kit's book with what we were seeing, but before I had a chance to post anything, people started rolling Athletics checks. I mean, we can still tie things together if we head back up (now that I know that Kit's -1 Athletics will just cause him to take damage, not die), but it still doesn't tell us what's on the sign.
On a side note, Len, how do you handle group Stealth checks? Do you base it on each individual roll, or do you allow for the "majority succeeds, the group succeeds" method? Individually, a 10 DC to get to the door quietly probably won't work, but as a group, we might have a pretty good shot.
Dec 8, 2017 4:00 pm
In regards to ability checks, I pick the right check for the situation. I usually use the group check to resolve more general situations. If you were moving across country and trying to stay hidden, for example, I would use the group stealth check. If it were a specific situation of sneaking past a guard, I'd use individual.
Dec 8, 2017 5:11 pm
lenpelletier says:
Sorry, I didn't quite get what was going on there. My fault. Let's redo the whole thing. I noticed that McDunno posted about having you help him look in his book, which may have a link to what is going on down there, so that would be another option since we are redoing things.For future reference, you are correct that if you go to 0 hp you would be unconscious.
Dec 8, 2017 10:19 pm
Hey guys!just wanted to let y’all know I’ll be very limited to my internet time this weekend. I will try to post if I can!
Dec 9, 2017 4:29 am
So, to level up your character:
1. Choose the class you want to level in. I assume most of you will want to gain a level in your existing class. Technically you can take levels in multiple classes, but the rules are more complicated, so I don't recommend it. Multiclass characters are not more powerful than single class characters or anything. If you really must multiclass, I'll help on an individual basis.
2. You get all the level 2 features from the class you chose. These might include new spells, additional spell slots, new abilities, and other specializations. Consult your class description for more details.
3. You get more hit points. Refer to where it outlines your class's hit points; it'll be right below the starting hit points. Don't forget to add your CON modifier to that total. For example, Raishe has a +2 con and as a cleric gains 5 hp per level, for a total of 7 extra hp. You do not add to your current pool; you'll need to take a short rest and roll hit dice or a long rest to recover these.
4. You gain an additional hit die (you will now have 2). You can roll any number of these (+ con modifier) to regain HP during a short rest. When you take a long rest, you gain half the total back.
1. Choose the class you want to level in. I assume most of you will want to gain a level in your existing class. Technically you can take levels in multiple classes, but the rules are more complicated, so I don't recommend it. Multiclass characters are not more powerful than single class characters or anything. If you really must multiclass, I'll help on an individual basis.
2. You get all the level 2 features from the class you chose. These might include new spells, additional spell slots, new abilities, and other specializations. Consult your class description for more details.
3. You get more hit points. Refer to where it outlines your class's hit points; it'll be right below the starting hit points. Don't forget to add your CON modifier to that total. For example, Raishe has a +2 con and as a cleric gains 5 hp per level, for a total of 7 extra hp. You do not add to your current pool; you'll need to take a short rest and roll hit dice or a long rest to recover these.
4. You gain an additional hit die (you will now have 2). You can roll any number of these (+ con modifier) to regain HP during a short rest. When you take a long rest, you gain half the total back.
Dec 9, 2017 4:59 pm
I'm going to be gone most of the day (my posting tends to go way down on weekends), so I'll try to get into more specifics tonight or tomorrow. Kit will be multiclassing as a Warlock. This will give him some more offensive and defensive capabilities, but that's no guarantee he's going to be anymore of an "adventurer" than he is now! Anyway, like Len said, there's an array of things that you have to look at when multiclassing, so I'll detail what they are for me so you guys can, hopefully, avoid the mistakes I made when I was new to 5e if you ever choose to multiclass.
McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier
Dec 10, 2017 5:16 am
So before I change my character sheet, it looks like as a level two fighter I gain the Action surge ability, as well as the hit die. As far as the hit die is concerned I started off with 10 +con, which would then have a 1d10+ con modifier added to it? Or being at level two I would now have 2d10 +con? How does this work specifically?
Dec 10, 2017 5:35 am
Hi Starrbeardo, thanks for the question. Hit Dice and Hit Points are separate things.
For Hit Points, yep, you started with 10+con, which should be 13 for you. I now see you have 15 written down, which I think is wrong (although let me know if I'm missing something). You might have added your con saving throw bonus (which is a +5) instead of your con modifier (which is a +3). Now you get to add 6+con, or 9 hp to that total. So I believe you should hav 13+9 =22 hp now.
For Hit Dice, you have gained an additional d10 hit die. You now have two d10 hit dice. When you take a short rest (1 hour), you can roll hit dice for healing. You can roll any of your hit dice and add your con modifier (+3). If you are not satisfied with the healing, you can continue to roll more hit dice one at a time (always adding con modifier) until either you run out of hit dice or you are satisfied with your healing. It is presumed you are bandaging wounds, stitching yourself up, and generally shaking off the effects of injury.
You regain 1/2 of your hit dice pool every long rest, minimum 1. Currently a long rest will restore 1 of your hit dice to use for future healing in short rests.
For Hit Points, yep, you started with 10+con, which should be 13 for you. I now see you have 15 written down, which I think is wrong (although let me know if I'm missing something). You might have added your con saving throw bonus (which is a +5) instead of your con modifier (which is a +3). Now you get to add 6+con, or 9 hp to that total. So I believe you should hav 13+9 =22 hp now.
For Hit Dice, you have gained an additional d10 hit die. You now have two d10 hit dice. When you take a short rest (1 hour), you can roll hit dice for healing. You can roll any of your hit dice and add your con modifier (+3). If you are not satisfied with the healing, you can continue to roll more hit dice one at a time (always adding con modifier) until either you run out of hit dice or you are satisfied with your healing. It is presumed you are bandaging wounds, stitching yourself up, and generally shaking off the effects of injury.
You regain 1/2 of your hit dice pool every long rest, minimum 1. Currently a long rest will restore 1 of your hit dice to use for future healing in short rests.
Dec 10, 2017 5:45 am
HP is now edited, HP dice makes sense now, and I should add the action surge ability correct?
Dec 10, 2017 5:46 am
Jacketch, awhile ago you had considered switching burning hands for shield. I think its a good idea. Ice Knife has been your go-to AoE damage spell and is working well. Shield is a fantastic spell. It doesn't waste your action or bonus action, and it can save you in a pinch. Sometimes it's not just about the hit points either. When you take damage, if you are concentrating on a spell you have to roll to see if it turns off or not. If you are dead set on maintaining concentration on a spell, shield can avoid that check entirely. I would not leave home without it.
Dec 10, 2017 6:06 am
Jacketch, for your 2 new spells, Featherfall sounds pretty good. Also consider Find Familiar. It's a ritual that summons a permanent critter to help you (you can only have 1 at a time). They are great for scouting because you can see through its eyes within 100 feet. With the owl, it has 120ft. darkvision, so you could see up to 220 feet away in darkness. You can deliver touch-range spells through it (such as shocking grasp). It can also spend its turn distracting a target, giving you advantage in attacking that target.
This google doc has the possible creatures you can choose from, including stats. Probably Owl is my favourite, but others are good too.
This google doc has the possible creatures you can choose from, including stats. Probably Owl is my favourite, but others are good too.
Dec 10, 2017 6:11 am
Starrbeardo says:
HP is now edited, HP dice makes sense now, and I should add the action surge ability correct?Action surge is pretty amazing. Right now, it gives could give you a second weapon attack. But once you hit level 5 and get an extra attack, you can action surge for 4 attacks! Note that action surge does not give you an additional bonus action. So, if you are dual-wielding hand axes, you can action surge for an addition 1 attack, for a total of 3.
Usually people will use action surge to get more damage in at the beginning of a fight, but you can use it for other things. For example, you could action surge to grant you a dodge or disengage action after attacking. You could action surge for a second medicine check to stabilize a fallen comrade. You can even action surge to cast 2 spells with a casting time of one action on a single turn (if you eventually learn them through multi-classing), which even pure wizards can't do.
So, it is pretty useful, and will only get better with time.
Dec 10, 2017 6:34 am
That's awesome would action surge allow me to attack and then use second wind in the same turn?
Dec 10, 2017 6:43 am
Starrbeardo, you are going to love this: second wind is a bonus action. So now you could attack twice AND use second wind in one round!
Dec 10, 2017 9:27 am
So for Iman it says I roll 1d12 and add my modifier to it. Is that correct? Or is it just 7?
Dec 10, 2017 6:05 pm
Technically you have the option to roll a hit dice instead of taking the average. It sucks to roll a 1 on those rolls though! And 7 is actually slightly above average, so taking 7 every time statistically works out to be better than rolling in the long run. If you choose to roll, you get what you get ;)
Dec 10, 2017 6:08 pm
Jacketch, I noticed pageflap has a letter from a mad wizard about some wild theory that comes from your Sage background. Do you want to tie that letter to the evil things you discovered underground? It would provide you with some new insight on the problem.
Dec 10, 2017 7:00 pm
Haven't really thought about the letter too much, but I thought it'd make most sense for it to come from the Mad Wizard since he was probably the only one he knew who could write something he didn't understand. Forgot to bring it up, but I was gonna say that you could do whatever you wanted with it in terms of plot or what it says. If you want to save its plot importance for later, that'd be fine too!
As for my HP, so I roll a 1d6+2, or take 4+2? If I take my roll and don't like it do I take the +6? Or do I not since it's supposed to be a risk?
Edit: Either way I'm risking it!
Edit2: Ha
Edit3: I just noticed G3rmanicus asked this exact question way before I posted this, whoops. At least it's more encouragement for Pageflap to take Abjuration. It's in character. Yes.
As for my HP, so I roll a 1d6+2, or take 4+2? If I take my roll and don't like it do I take the +6? Or do I not since it's supposed to be a risk?
Edit: Either way I'm risking it!
Edit2: Ha
Edit3: I just noticed G3rmanicus asked this exact question way before I posted this, whoops. At least it's more encouragement for Pageflap to take Abjuration. It's in character. Yes.
Last edited December 10, 2017 7:45 pm
Rolls
Ding - (1d6+2)
(1) + 2 = 3
Dec 10, 2017 7:49 pm
Haha, now shield is better than ever! Yeah sorry, you get what you get when you roll :)
Dec 10, 2017 10:45 pm
Okay, switched to shield from Burning Hands. Pageflap has always had these and denies all evidence to the contrary. Also, I think I got everything from my level up now.
I now have 3 1st level spell slots instead of 2.
I have gained 3 HP.
I can have 5 spells prepared at once now.
I gain 2 new spells (Find Familiar and Feather Fall).
Gained an Arcane Tradition (Abjuration).
Am now an Abjuration Savant.
And have an Arcane Ward (Added to Temp HP on character sheet so I know how much I would get).
I think I got everything. Did I miss anything?
I now have 3 1st level spell slots instead of 2.
I have gained 3 HP.
I can have 5 spells prepared at once now.
I gain 2 new spells (Find Familiar and Feather Fall).
Gained an Arcane Tradition (Abjuration).
Am now an Abjuration Savant.
And have an Arcane Ward (Added to Temp HP on character sheet so I know how much I would get).
I think I got everything. Did I miss anything?
Last edited December 10, 2017 10:46 pm
Dec 11, 2017 12:30 am
I don't have my books in front of me today, but I think wizards have all spells they know prepared at all times. Correct me if I am wrong, anybody.
Otherwise looks great! I like your spell list, really matches your character. And abjuration is an interesting school. Note that shield is an abjuration spell, so every time you stop a hit with shield, you also recharge your ward! You are actually a decent melee character! :)
Note that Temp HP never stacks. If you have 3 temp hp and you get 7 temp hp, you don't stack them. Instead, you can either keep the current amount or take the new amount.
Otherwise looks great! I like your spell list, really matches your character. And abjuration is an interesting school. Note that shield is an abjuration spell, so every time you stop a hit with shield, you also recharge your ward! You are actually a decent melee character! :)
Note that Temp HP never stacks. If you have 3 temp hp and you get 7 temp hp, you don't stack them. Instead, you can either keep the current amount or take the new amount.
Dec 11, 2017 2:40 am
lenpelletier says:
Note that Temp HP never stacks. If you have 3 temp hp and you get 7 temp hp, you don't stack them. Instead, you can either keep the current amount or take the new amount.And I can only prepare spells equal to my wizard level plus my intelligence modifier, so it's 5 for me. I've just been getting lucky that the remaining spells I'm choosing happen to be ritual spells.
Dec 11, 2017 2:53 am
Hey, I googled it and you're right! On both accounts. The ward is not temp HP and you do prepare spells. Serves me right for relying on memory alone.
Dec 11, 2017 4:53 am
Kit will be taking a level in Warlock. As Len said, multiclassing has its own risks and rewards. I've multiclassed a) because the story called for it, b) because I wanted to max the powers from two classes, and c) because I wanted to mimic the abilities of a fictional character. Sometimes the two classes work together in powerful ways. Other times, the character ends up being less powerful than if he had stuck to a single class.
First off, with multiclassing, you have to make sure you have the minimum score (13) in the class's primary ability. In this case that's not a problem since warlock and sorcerer both use charisma. On top of the abilities of the new class, Kit gains the new class's hit die and certain proficiencies. Not all of the proficiencies of the new class, just certain ones. And when I was looking up the hit dice, I realized I had given Kit the wrong HP. A sorcerer, like a wizard, uses a d6, not the d8 I had used (sorry, Len). A warlock uses a d8. So instead of having 2d6 hit dice, Kit now has a d6 and a d8, either of which he could use to regain hit points during a short rest.
The proficiencies he gains are light armor and simple weapons. The simple weapons don't add much to the weapons Kit could use, but the light armor? I'm looking forward to finding some studded leather to add a couple points to Kit's AC.
Multiclassing as two spellcasting classes gives Kit a tremendous range of spells to choose from. Typically, though, when multiclassing involves two spellcasting classes, the spell slots don't stack. For example, a 1st level bard/1st level cleric gains the spell slots of a 2nd level character, not two 1st level characters. Because the warlock class works differently than other spellcasting classes, Kit, however does get the spell slots of two 1st level characters, and he can use the spell slots from either class to cast spells from either class. Once Kit gains a couple more levels, that's going to give him a tremendous advantage since he will be able to convert his warlock spell slots into sorcery points and then regain those spell slots with a short rest.
This advantage of regaining expended spell slots from a short rest is tempered with a low number of spells and spell slots. Kit only gains one 1st level spell slot and two cantrips and two spells. For the cantrips, he'll be taking Eldritch Blast and Frostbite, allowing him to help out more in combat. For the spells, he's taking Sleep and Arms of Hadar, both of which operate on multiple targets.
I'll be taking the average hit points for a Warlock (5) and will roll a d8 to gain some HP during our short rest.
First off, with multiclassing, you have to make sure you have the minimum score (13) in the class's primary ability. In this case that's not a problem since warlock and sorcerer both use charisma. On top of the abilities of the new class, Kit gains the new class's hit die and certain proficiencies. Not all of the proficiencies of the new class, just certain ones. And when I was looking up the hit dice, I realized I had given Kit the wrong HP. A sorcerer, like a wizard, uses a d6, not the d8 I had used (sorry, Len). A warlock uses a d8. So instead of having 2d6 hit dice, Kit now has a d6 and a d8, either of which he could use to regain hit points during a short rest.
The proficiencies he gains are light armor and simple weapons. The simple weapons don't add much to the weapons Kit could use, but the light armor? I'm looking forward to finding some studded leather to add a couple points to Kit's AC.
Multiclassing as two spellcasting classes gives Kit a tremendous range of spells to choose from. Typically, though, when multiclassing involves two spellcasting classes, the spell slots don't stack. For example, a 1st level bard/1st level cleric gains the spell slots of a 2nd level character, not two 1st level characters. Because the warlock class works differently than other spellcasting classes, Kit, however does get the spell slots of two 1st level characters, and he can use the spell slots from either class to cast spells from either class. Once Kit gains a couple more levels, that's going to give him a tremendous advantage since he will be able to convert his warlock spell slots into sorcery points and then regain those spell slots with a short rest.
This advantage of regaining expended spell slots from a short rest is tempered with a low number of spells and spell slots. Kit only gains one 1st level spell slot and two cantrips and two spells. For the cantrips, he'll be taking Eldritch Blast and Frostbite, allowing him to help out more in combat. For the spells, he's taking Sleep and Arms of Hadar, both of which operate on multiple targets.
I'll be taking the average hit points for a Warlock (5) and will roll a d8 to gain some HP during our short rest.
Rolls
Regain HP - (1d8)
(4) = 4
Dec 11, 2017 5:35 am
I guess it depends what time of the day it is? I think it's still pretty early and we may be able to spend some time exploring the village. There are still some plot hooks laying around. Rose is still sitting at the sheriff's, General Whitesparrow's keep may have info, there's that freaky hand that may have more to it underground, not too mention I'm sure we saw some kid with nature powers doing that thing where foliage sprouts wherever he steps.
Dec 11, 2017 5:55 am
You can only benefit from a long rest once per 24 hours, so you'd have to wait until night time to do actually gain any benefits from it.
A short rest isn't meant to be a nap, so you could use it to do some non-intensive tasks. The idea is that you are hunkering down in one spot and tending to wounds, mending and cleaning equipment, and getting your head back in the game. You have time to read a book, talk to those around you, drink/eat - even crafting a simple dagger from the claw could be done during the short rest. Mechanically, you can spend hit dice and recover abilities or other resources that recharge on a short rest.
A short rest isn't meant to be a nap, so you could use it to do some non-intensive tasks. The idea is that you are hunkering down in one spot and tending to wounds, mending and cleaning equipment, and getting your head back in the game. You have time to read a book, talk to those around you, drink/eat - even crafting a simple dagger from the claw could be done during the short rest. Mechanically, you can spend hit dice and recover abilities or other resources that recharge on a short rest.
Dec 11, 2017 2:08 pm
I thought we were taking a short rest. If we're taking a long rest, there's no need to spend hit dice.
Dec 12, 2017 1:00 pm
OK im back! Sorry for not posting much the past few days. Iman will take the 7+2 for his HP. Ill roll for my short rest too.
Dec 14, 2017 5:44 pm
Looked at the player's handbook and it says a tinderbox is worth 5sp. Is that how much Gavun would give me for it, or how much I would have to give him if I wanted to buy another?
Dec 14, 2017 6:21 pm
He'll toss one in for free. "We still believe in the old Arkasian hospitality here! Just tell yer friends about us, we'll call it even!"
Dec 14, 2017 6:37 pm
lenpelletier says:
He'll toss one in for free. "We still believe in the old Arkasian hospitality here! Just tell yer friends about us, we'll call it even!"Dec 14, 2017 7:50 pm
That's awesome and I'll totally have Pageflap shop there again if I can, but he's trying to sell his tinderbox since he uses prestidigitation. He also asked about the spell slinger.
Dec 14, 2017 11:08 pm
Hey guys, I've recently been having difficulties posting as much as I'd like and as the game merits. I know that this has caused mayor slowdowns. You've all been great about it, especially Ian.
So in the interest of keeping a healthy game going for all I'll be stepping down. It's truly been a great experience, at least for me! Ian is an amazing DM, and you have all been amazing co-players! I hope we might be able to cross paths in the future once I'm able to get some things settled irl. See you around and merry Christmas to everyone! :D
So in the interest of keeping a healthy game going for all I'll be stepping down. It's truly been a great experience, at least for me! Ian is an amazing DM, and you have all been amazing co-players! I hope we might be able to cross paths in the future once I'm able to get some things settled irl. See you around and merry Christmas to everyone! :D
Dec 15, 2017 3:28 am
Sad to see you go, but I hope things get better for you. Merry Christmas and I hope you get to play a good game of D&D sometime in the future!
Dec 15, 2017 4:41 pm
Take care Ramen!
For everyone remaining, are you open to bringing in a new player?
For Raishe, I imagine him reopening the vacant temple and setting up shop there. He could provide spell casting services to you guys and continue to act as spiritual advisor, but would spend the rest of the adventure revitalizing the temple for the betterment of the community, and not come with you on dungeon delves and such.
For everyone remaining, are you open to bringing in a new player?
For Raishe, I imagine him reopening the vacant temple and setting up shop there. He could provide spell casting services to you guys and continue to act as spiritual advisor, but would spend the rest of the adventure revitalizing the temple for the betterment of the community, and not come with you on dungeon delves and such.
Dec 15, 2017 4:57 pm
Heh, as long as he can heal us up when/if we get back!
Good luck to you, Ramen!
Len, did you have extra players apply when you started the game?
Oh, and while I have you all here, I'll still be posting, but there may not be a lot of depth. I mostly post at work, and I started a long weekend today. I work a couple days next week, but then I'll be off until the start of the new year. It's a heavy burden, but I have seven vacation days to use up before the end of the year. Like I said, I'll still be around for combat and some interactions, but don't wait for me for decisions and the like.
Good luck to you, Ramen!
Len, did you have extra players apply when you started the game?
Oh, and while I have you all here, I'll still be posting, but there may not be a lot of depth. I mostly post at work, and I started a long weekend today. I work a couple days next week, but then I'll be off until the start of the new year. It's a heavy burden, but I have seven vacation days to use up before the end of the year. Like I said, I'll still be around for combat and some interactions, but don't wait for me for decisions and the like.
Dec 16, 2017 9:48 pm
This is a good time to mention I'll be taking a break from the game for 2 weeks, from Dec 23rd - January 8th to focus on family time over the holidays. I might post occasionally, but not sure how often.
Dec 17, 2017 3:10 pm
I don't think I'd be opposed to bringing in a new player. We'd have to find a way to work it into the story I'm assuming.
On another note, I don't know how much this would matter to y'all or if you already know about it, but there's this humble bundle going on right now that ends in the days.
On another note, I don't know how much this would matter to y'all or if you already know about it, but there's this humble bundle going on right now that ends in the days.
Dec 18, 2017 2:50 pm
Jacketch says:
I don't think I'd be opposed to bringing in a new player. We'd have to find a way to work it into the story I'm assuming.Jacketch says:
On another note, I don't know how much this would matter to y'all or if you already know about it, but there's this humble bundle going on right now that ends in the days.Dec 18, 2017 6:35 pm
Thanks for the link, Jacketch! This is a good deal if only for Tome of Beasts, a great resource of interesting monsters, so any of you who might like to run a game some day might consider it. Like McDunno, I already own Tome of Beasts, so I probably won't participate on this one, but I definitely appreciate the resource sharing. Keep it coming!
There's a kickstarter going on right now for a sequel to Tome of Beasts called the Creature Codex, but even that I don't feel like I can get behind because I've barely used the Tome of Beasts yet! The only reason I'm tempted is because backers can submit monsters that might get into the book, so it would be fun to have a published monster under my name.
There's a kickstarter going on right now for a sequel to Tome of Beasts called the Creature Codex, but even that I don't feel like I can get behind because I've barely used the Tome of Beasts yet! The only reason I'm tempted is because backers can submit monsters that might get into the book, so it would be fun to have a published monster under my name.
Dec 19, 2017 3:04 am
Good luck with everything Ramen!
And I guess I should make note of my coming absence while we're at it, I'll be taking a trip to connecticut from 12/21-12/28. Im going to be staying with family and am assuming they'll have adequate internet capabilities. But, there is a chance they may be a little behind the times and are still using a desktop computer for all their internet needs. In any case, I'll try to post as often as possible but my posting over the week long period may get spotty as I'll be plenty distracted with the trip.
I hope you all have great holidays, and Im sorry for any inconvenience this may bring!
And I guess I should make note of my coming absence while we're at it, I'll be taking a trip to connecticut from 12/21-12/28. Im going to be staying with family and am assuming they'll have adequate internet capabilities. But, there is a chance they may be a little behind the times and are still using a desktop computer for all their internet needs. In any case, I'll try to post as often as possible but my posting over the week long period may get spotty as I'll be plenty distracted with the trip.
I hope you all have great holidays, and Im sorry for any inconvenience this may bring!
Dec 19, 2017 3:05 am
Also I am totally on board with bringing on a new party member! forgot to mention that in my last post lol
Dec 26, 2017 5:08 am
Same! Merry Christmas everyone :) It has been a pleasure to play with you guys, and looking forward to starting up in the new year.
Dec 26, 2017 5:16 pm
Hey fellas, I've survived this year's big Christmas avalanche of work, and am now enjoying a bit of downtime. Read all 373 game posts and enjoyed the story immensely! I'm really looking forward to joining the team when this starts back up! Cheers!
Len, what (if anything) does Torden know of the Arkasian Empire? What of the troubles in Khaled Del? Have those been resolved? Whether or not they will figure in this story it will help me get into character knowing how that played out (unless you'd rather we just retcon it out of Torden's brain)
Len, what (if anything) does Torden know of the Arkasian Empire? What of the troubles in Khaled Del? Have those been resolved? Whether or not they will figure in this story it will help me get into character knowing how that played out (unless you'd rather we just retcon it out of Torden's brain)
Last edited December 27, 2017 6:00 am
Dec 27, 2017 5:54 am
Really looking forward to getting back into with you all
Last edited December 27, 2017 5:54 am
Dec 28, 2017 8:54 am
Right back at you, Starrbeardo. Say, you have the greatest username of all time. Is there a story behind it?
Dec 28, 2017 9:05 am
Jabes - wow, that's awesome you read through all the posts already! These guys are pretty good role players, hey?
I'd say Torden is probably quite familiar with the Arkasian empire. In a short summary, the dwarves would look upon this empire of man as a once-strong ally that deteriorated into corruption, greed, and decadence. The men that Torden encountered in the town of Isica (where the adventure ended) were Arkasians, for example. Time-wise, I'd set Torden's vignette adventure before the fall of Arkasia, but not much before, perhaps a few years. We'll talk more.
As of Kaled Del, that story is in a state of quantum flux in my mind. I can see it going multiple ways. I think the most important decision in locking it into any particular direction is Torden - what kind of story do you want to tell with him in this adventure? Is searching for a new home for his people? Was he exiled for failure? Did he discover the truth behind that which was beneath Kaled Del and searches for an answer to it? Or something else entirely? Even if you just have a vague idea, like "redemption" or "revenge" or "exiled", it would be great.
I'd say Torden is probably quite familiar with the Arkasian empire. In a short summary, the dwarves would look upon this empire of man as a once-strong ally that deteriorated into corruption, greed, and decadence. The men that Torden encountered in the town of Isica (where the adventure ended) were Arkasians, for example. Time-wise, I'd set Torden's vignette adventure before the fall of Arkasia, but not much before, perhaps a few years. We'll talk more.
As of Kaled Del, that story is in a state of quantum flux in my mind. I can see it going multiple ways. I think the most important decision in locking it into any particular direction is Torden - what kind of story do you want to tell with him in this adventure? Is searching for a new home for his people? Was he exiled for failure? Did he discover the truth behind that which was beneath Kaled Del and searches for an answer to it? Or something else entirely? Even if you just have a vague idea, like "redemption" or "revenge" or "exiled", it would be great.
Dec 28, 2017 12:24 pm
Quote:
These guys are pretty good role players, hey? I think for Torden I'd like to have as little past history to deal with initially as possible. You know me, rather than establishing an elaborate backstory I prefer to "discover" my character's backstory as I develop the character through play. So let's just say Torden is "seeking answers" about what went down in Kaled Del. He's on another one of his long jaunts out in the world, exploring the world in a way only a worshipper of Marthammor Duin can.
Last edited December 28, 2017 12:24 pm
Dec 28, 2017 10:20 pm
Haha my username has a joke from a commercial with Sarah Silverman (beardo) plus the fact that I haven't been clean shaven since like 2010 and my last name (Starr).
Here is the commercial.
Here is the commercial.
Dec 28, 2017 10:45 pm
Also, Jabes, With our previous cleric once I when I was brought back from the brink using his holy power my character began speaking in something akin to tongues. I think we were planning on having the holy healing draw him toward religion somehat. If possible I'd Barendd to learn about the various Dwarven deities since he had no real attachment to that side of Dwarven life. Looking through the list of Dwarven deities I think Vergadain would be a cool one for my character given his past.
Dec 29, 2017 7:55 pm
Hey everyone! I hope you had/continue to have a great holiday! Ive recently gotten back from my trip so I will be much more able to post now that I'm home again. Jabes, glad to have you! Cant wait to see what elements your character will bring to our party. I know things wont be really picking up again in our game until after the new year, but I figured I'd check in anyways.
Jan 1, 2018 5:35 am
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
I think for Torden I'd like to have as little past history to deal with initially as possible. You know me, rather than establishing an elaborate backstory I prefer to "discover" my character's backstory as I develop the character through play. So let's just say Torden is "seeking answers" about what went down in Kaled Del. He's on another one of his long jaunts out in the world, exploring the world in a way only a worshipper of Marthammor Duin can.The mission to Farsky found the old the old Arkasian observatory a tomb; the sages passed into undeath to continue their research for eternity. The heroes were able to confirm that breaching the Oathreach would have resulted in ruin for Kaled Del. A year later, the Arkasian empire fell. Dwarves from around crumbling Arkasia returned to the north, bringing new strength to the ancient Dwarfhold. Kaled Del pushed back the Goblin King and resumed mining operations under the mountain, safely above the Oathreach. Durond Stoneshield, son of Aduin, now sits on the throne, and the Breacher movement has been quieted.
Not all is perfect in Kaled Del. They may have pushed back the Goblin King for now, but he is not defeated. Worse, the Arkasian Empire was Kaled Del's primary customer. The great forges that once crafted the Mithril Plate of the Crimson Guard now churns out cheap short swords and bolt heads for the scattered remnants of humanity.
Torden has resumed his mission as a wanderer of the surface world, acting as one of several eyes and ears for the King of Kaled Del. You have a wide degree of freedom for conducting this mission.
Jan 1, 2018 5:36 am
TheDaykinator says:
Hey everyone! I hope you had/continue to have a great holiday! Ive recently gotten back from my trip so I will be much more able to post now that I'm home again. Jabes, glad to have you! Cant wait to see what elements your character will bring to our party. I know things wont be really picking up again in our game until after the new year, but I figured I'd check in anyways.Happy new year everyone :)
Jan 1, 2018 6:05 am
Happy New Year's Day to you all! Hope this year is good to you all and that we have fun on this game!
Jan 1, 2018 7:33 am
lenpelletier says:
This sounds great. In that case, let's canonize the success of the Farsky mission. Here's a sketch of what has been going on to give you enough to go on without forcing you into any corners (hopefully):The mission to Farsky found the old the old Arkasian observatory a tomb; the sages passed into undeath to continue their research for eternity. The heroes were able to confirm that breaching the Oathreach would have resulted in ruin for Kaled Del. A year later, the Arkasian empire fell. Dwarves from around crumbling Arkasia returned to the north, bringing new strength to the ancient Dwarfhold. Kaled Del pushed back the Goblin King and resumed mining operations under the mountain, safely above the Oathreach. Durond Stoneshield, son of Aduin, now sits on the throne, and the Breacher movement has been quieted.
Not all is perfect in Kaled Del. They may have pushed back the Goblin King for now, but he is not defeated. Worse, the Arkasian Empire was Kaled Del's primary customer. The great forges that once crafted the Mithril Plate of the Crimson Guard now churns out cheap short swords and bolt heads for the scattered remnants of humanity.
Torden has resumed his mission as a wanderer of the surface world, acting as one of several eyes and ears for the King of Kaled Del. You have a wide degree of freedom for conducting this mission.
Jan 5, 2018 12:07 am
Don't remember when exactly we're gonna start the game again. I'm pretty sure it's soon, so I thought I'd warn that I'm going on vacation tomorrow. I'll have my phone with me though, so I'll be trying to post as normal.
Jan 9, 2018 12:04 am
Thanks Jacketch for the heads up.
Alright everybody, are we all present and accounted for? I am ready to resume the game! Just post when you're ready and we'll get started right after we've all checked in. I'll post a recap of what's been going on to remind everyone of what we've been about and where we've ended up.
Everyone okay with reconvening at the Summerspring Inn? It will be convenient to push the clock forward an hour or two, have everyone reunite in a place, and it would make sense of Jabes' character to show up at the Inn as well. If you had any unfinished business, please post what it is and we can will narrate the outcome rather than roleplay it to move us along (maybe purchasing equipment or asking about some information).
Alright everybody, are we all present and accounted for? I am ready to resume the game! Just post when you're ready and we'll get started right after we've all checked in. I'll post a recap of what's been going on to remind everyone of what we've been about and where we've ended up.
Everyone okay with reconvening at the Summerspring Inn? It will be convenient to push the clock forward an hour or two, have everyone reunite in a place, and it would make sense of Jabes' character to show up at the Inn as well. If you had any unfinished business, please post what it is and we can will narrate the outcome rather than roleplay it to move us along (maybe purchasing equipment or asking about some information).
Jan 9, 2018 1:07 am
I'm ready!
McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier
Last edited January 9, 2018 1:07 am
Jan 9, 2018 2:27 am
I'm ready enough, mostly gonna post late in the day for the next few days, and after conversing with Raishe for a while Pageflap takes the brazier back to the inn with him.
Jan 9, 2018 11:17 pm
Okay, that's everybody! I'll post a recap tonight and we'll get the show back on the road over the next 24 hours. Thanks for your understanding and indulging me in this long break; I had a fantastic holiday. I feel super refreshed and hungry to play D&D!
Len sent a note to McDunno
Jan 14, 2018 5:18 pm
I wanted to clear something up. No one was around when Kit stepped through the portal from his book. It was posted in the main feed, but that's player knowledge. All the characters know is that Kit is not around. It probably hasn't been long enough to call him missing. His gear is there, which isn't necessarily unusual, but he typically keeps his uncle's grimoire near to him.
Jan 15, 2018 3:14 am
Ok. I was thinking that Pageflap may be having suspicions about what happened to Kit, but if it hasn't been that long yet then he hasn't formed them yet. I'll edit my post
He'll probably hold on to the book until he sees Kit again, though.
He'll probably hold on to the book until he sees Kit again, though.
Last edited January 15, 2018 3:17 am
Jan 15, 2018 3:57 am
Even though Pageflap didn't see Kit disappear, he helped Kit with working out some of the translation based on the similarities between some of the passages and the tentacled creatures below the town. It would totally make sense that he has an idea of what might have happened.
Jan 15, 2018 3:57 am
I feel like in this scene Torden is being perfectly lovely and welcoming to everyone, but Barendd is generally quite mistrustful of people who seem to be making some type of connection that's beyond a transnational nature such a shop owner or Inn Keeper. Everyone else in the party has earned Barendd's trust and friendship in some capacity up to this point. Torden just has the bad luck of meeting Barendd when some weird shit is going down so his defenses are up. Plus Torden being a cleric and a dwarf reminds Barendd of his childhood where a majority of the dwarven community left him behind.
I feel like once Torden and the party successfully fight some stuff Barendd's trust will be earned. Is this being too difficult or does this seem appropriate give Barendd's backstory?
I feel like once Torden and the party successfully fight some stuff Barendd's trust will be earned. Is this being too difficult or does this seem appropriate give Barendd's backstory?
Jan 15, 2018 4:06 am
Makes sense Starrbeardo. Not to speak for him, but Jabes is an old hand at this. I'm sure he knows this is all part of your RP. That said, it doesn't hurt to be open about it in the OOC. I've been playing a half-orc barbarian/paladin for over a year now who is immediately suspicious of every new character who comes along (including a hilarious moment when he took a swing at a new guy, and I crit-failed the attack roll). Most of the time, you'll find your fellow players understanding of a bit of tension. Not being able to see or hear the player at the table, though, it's usually a good idea to talk things out a bit in ooc.
Last edited January 15, 2018 4:06 am
Jan 15, 2018 8:42 am
Yeah, man, it's totally cool! I love a bit of dwarven pig-headedness, and it totally fits your character too! But yeah I definitely appreciate you making your intentions known in OOC. That's always a good idea. :-)
Torden is atypical for a dwarf if there's such a thing as a typical dwarf. He's a bit of a hippie and it's difficult to piss him off - pretty much everything just slides off him. :-D
Torden is atypical for a dwarf if there's such a thing as a typical dwarf. He's a bit of a hippie and it's difficult to piss him off - pretty much everything just slides off him. :-D
Last edited January 17, 2018 6:29 pm
Jan 17, 2018 6:19 pm
Hey folks, if this turns into a fight, I was thinking of doing a grid-based combat in an online spreadsheet. If you use this link, you should be able to move and edit the spreadsheet to take your turn. Full credit to the GP user Naatkinson for showing me this technique. If you ever get a chance to play in one of his games, count yourself lucky!
The map, each cell is a 5x5ft square, so movement and such should be easy to calculate. If you move diagonally it still only counts as 5 feet of movement, which doesn't make sense mathematically but is simpler.
I'll try to make a backup of the map every round so that nobody can accidentally delete everything :)
The map, each cell is a 5x5ft square, so movement and such should be easy to calculate. If you move diagonally it still only counts as 5 feet of movement, which doesn't make sense mathematically but is simpler.
I'll try to make a backup of the map every round so that nobody can accidentally delete everything :)
Jan 17, 2018 6:52 pm
Thats super cool! Based on just looking at the map should we assume Philcock and Amanda just ditched us in the inn? or are they still back in the kitchen?
Jan 17, 2018 7:06 pm
It opened up fine on my phone, though I haven't moved anything. This is looking nice!
Jan 17, 2018 7:32 pm
In my experience, my shiny new smartphone handles these nicely but my crappy old one can only view, not edit. And for some strange reason (again, on the old phone) and sometimes what I get is an earlier version of the map!
Last edited January 17, 2018 7:52 pm
Jan 17, 2018 7:45 pm
Cool. I'm in another game with Jabes actually and the doc being used gets messed up by mobile so I wanted to check
Jan 17, 2018 8:05 pm
Heh. Too bad Kit's not around. Disguise Self and the Actor Feat would have come in real handy right about now!
Jan 17, 2018 11:35 pm
@Daykinator: Characters that are not immediately visible are off the map at the moment, such as Amanda and Philcock (since you don't know where they are). For that matter, there may be more bad guys that are visible through the windows of the common room that are prowling around.
@Everyone: Yeah, I can't say how it will work on all of our phones but you have the Google Sheets app (link to Google Play store, link to Apple App store, free download), it seems to work really well to edit and view in mobile. I've only tried it on an android phone. If you are having troubles, let me know. If editting isn't possible, then just tell me where you want to end up (for example, if you want to stand in front of the door, you could just make a post to say you're ending up in square U16.
@Everyone: Yeah, I can't say how it will work on all of our phones but you have the Google Sheets app (link to Google Play store, link to Apple App store, free download), it seems to work really well to edit and view in mobile. I've only tried it on an android phone. If you are having troubles, let me know. If editting isn't possible, then just tell me where you want to end up (for example, if you want to stand in front of the door, you could just make a post to say you're ending up in square U16.
Len sent a note to Jabes.plays.RPG
Jan 18, 2018 12:22 am
Given that we're in combat, would my stealth roll and position have any impact or is that offset by Aegar?
Jan 18, 2018 3:27 am
Your stealth roll could have an impact. You are hidden to any creature that has a lower passive perception than your stealth roll. However, since you are behind a big wooden door, you are both effectively hidden no matter what since they can't see through doors (probably). When they open the doors, you aren't in a very good hiding spot so no matter how good the roll is you'll still be visible. But if you tried to hide behind the table or the bar, you could become hidden and roll with advantage when you attack, or try to stay out of combat altogether.
Jan 18, 2018 12:55 pm
I just tried to edit the sheet for Iman's movement. Let me know if it saved! Also, for movement, would movement across a square diagonally be 5ft?
Jan 18, 2018 1:07 pm
G3rmanicus says:
Also, for movement, would movement across a square diagonally be 5ft?Longer answer: There's an alternative rule that counts every other diagonal as 10 feet. One of the DMs in my RL group uses this rule. It is a pain. But, then, so is he. On especially long moves, you end up having to count squares out several times, everything gets slowed down, and combat becomes a slog. I'm sure a better DM could make it work (and play by post could offer the luxury of time to count squares forever), but I've found that all it does is slow down play and turn combat into a chore.
Although I'm probably a little biased since the RL DM who does this treats D&D like a board game anyway.
Jan 18, 2018 2:44 pm
McDunno says:
G3rmanicus says:
Also, for movement, would movement across a square diagonally be 5ft?Longer answer: There's an alternative rule that counts every other diagonal as 10 feet. One of the DMs in my RL group uses this rule. It is a pain. But, then, so is he. On especially long moves, you end up having to count squares out several times, everything gets slowed down, and combat becomes a slog. I'm sure a better DM could make it work (and play by post could offer the luxury of time to count squares forever), but I've found that all it does is slow down play and turn combat into a chore.
Although I'm probably a little biased since the RL DM who does this treats D&D like a board game anyway.
Jan 18, 2018 4:32 pm
Moving these comments to the OOC to declutter the main feed:
OOC:
Just a reminder, any enemy that comes within 10 feet of Iman gets an attack of opportunity against it as his reaction! (I thought of this as I went to the grid and saw it being updated in real time. Pretty awesome tool!)OOC:
And a reminder for Pageflap: Stay away from windows, son!Jan 18, 2018 4:37 pm
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
* Wolf 1 runs up to Iman and takes a Readied Action to attack if another wolf attacks Iman. Wolf 3 then runs up to Iman and attacks, triggering wolf 1. They have an abililty called pack tactics that lets them attack with advantage if another ally is within 5 feet of their target.Also, a question: did Iman actually enter his battle rage?
Jan 18, 2018 5:04 pm
I'm assuming Iman did, since he had a bonus action available. Although, probably good to remind everyone to state their abilities.
Yes, Iman can use Polearm Master and his reaction to deal 1d4+3 bludgeoning damage to one of the creatures that enters 10 feet of him. It won't be enough to kill anything as all the monsters this round are above 7 hp, but it should still be used. Just a matter of picking which one :)
And windows are dangerous. You can move after you attack, by the way. You can move a total of 6 squares, which can be split up before AND after your actions.
Yes, Iman can use Polearm Master and his reaction to deal 1d4+3 bludgeoning damage to one of the creatures that enters 10 feet of him. It won't be enough to kill anything as all the monsters this round are above 7 hp, but it should still be used. Just a matter of picking which one :)
And windows are dangerous. You can move after you attack, by the way. You can move a total of 6 squares, which can be split up before AND after your actions.
Jan 18, 2018 5:07 pm
I'll keep that in mind about the windows. By the way, how many spell slots do I have left? I gained one from the short rest after we left the tunnels, but did I gain another from the more recent sort rest too?
Last edited January 18, 2018 5:08 pm
Jan 18, 2018 5:07 pm
McDunno says:
G3rmanicus says:
Also, for movement, would movement across a square diagonally be 5ft?Longer answer: There's an alternative rule that counts every other diagonal as 10 feet. One of the DMs in my RL group uses this rule. It is a pain. But, then, so is he. On especially long moves, you end up having to count squares out several times, everything gets slowed down, and combat becomes a slog. I'm sure a better DM could make it work (and play by post could offer the luxury of time to count squares forever), but I've found that all it does is slow down play and turn combat into a chore.
Although I'm probably a little biased since the RL DM who does this treats D&D like a board game anyway.
Jan 18, 2018 5:09 pm
Jacketch says:
I'll keep that in mind about the windows. By the way, how many spell slots do I have left? I gained one from the short rest after we left the tunnels, but did I gain another from the more recent sort rest too?Jan 18, 2018 5:21 pm
lenpelletier says:
I agree with your DM that 5 foot diagonals are unrealistic. But, so are Hit Points.Although, ironically, he's the reason I learned the rules for 5e so quickly. I realized I had to because he would twist things every chance he got to stick it to the players. And as a player, I'm convinced he's read through Curse of Strahd, the campaign we're currently running.
Jan 18, 2018 5:25 pm
lenpelletier says:
Yes, Iman can use Polearm Master and his reaction to deal 1d4+3 bludgeoning damage to one of the creatures that enters 10 feet of him. It won't be enough to kill anything as all the monsters this round are above 7 hp, but it should still be used. Just a matter of picking which one :)Jan 18, 2018 5:42 pm
Jacketch, I use the following coded tally on my character sheet to keep track of Kit's stats. I made one for Pageflap you can copy and paste onto your character sheet if you want. I find it a handy way to keep track of things, and it makes it easy to copy it from your sheet and paste it into a game post if the DM (or anyone) asks what your current stats are. Anyone can use it, just change it to what you need to keep track of. Iman, for example, can use it to track how many rages he has left.
In order for the entire thing to show up and not be formatted for posting, I added a space between the first bracket and the word "color". Just delete that space when you paste it into your character sheet. Keep in mind that the coding will show up in your character sheet, but the formatting won't, and the reverse is true when you post on a game post.
Kit's:
[ color="green"]Total HP - 11 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 1 / 1
d8 - 1 / 1
Tides of Chaos
1 / 1
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 2
Pact Magic
1st level: 1 / 1[/color]
For Pageflap:
[ color="green"]Total HP - 11 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 2 / 2
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 3
[/color]
What it will look like when the extra space is taken out (use the "Quote" feature if you want to see the final coding):
Kit's:
Total HP - 11 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 1 / 1
d8 - 1 / 1
Tides of Chaos
1 / 1
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 2
Pact Magic
1st level: 1 / 1
For Pageflap:
Total HP - 11 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 2 / 2
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 3
In order for the entire thing to show up and not be formatted for posting, I added a space between the first bracket and the word "color". Just delete that space when you paste it into your character sheet. Keep in mind that the coding will show up in your character sheet, but the formatting won't, and the reverse is true when you post on a game post.
Kit's:
[ color="green"]Total HP - 11 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 1 / 1
d8 - 1 / 1
Tides of Chaos
1 / 1
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 2
Pact Magic
1st level: 1 / 1[/color]
For Pageflap:
[ color="green"]Total HP - 11 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 2 / 2
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 3
[/color]
What it will look like when the extra space is taken out (use the "Quote" feature if you want to see the final coding):
Kit's:
Total HP - 11 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 1 / 1
d8 - 1 / 1
Tides of Chaos
1 / 1
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 2
Pact Magic
1st level: 1 / 1
For Pageflap:
Total HP - 11 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 2 / 2
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 3
Last edited January 19, 2018 12:48 am
Jan 18, 2018 5:45 pm
McDunno says:
lenpelletier says:
Yes, Iman can use Polearm Master and his reaction to deal 1d4+3 bludgeoning damage to one of the creatures that enters 10 feet of him. It won't be enough to kill anything as all the monsters this round are above 7 hp, but it should still be used. Just a matter of picking which one :)Jan 18, 2018 6:13 pm
Yes, Iman entered his battle rage. I should have worded it more clearly. The opportunity attack I make will interrupt one of the attacks of the wolf correct?
I believe I missed the opportunity attack, which would mean I did take all that damage and couldn't keep the wolf at bay. Iman is at 3 HP. I will make my next move here shortly.
I believe I missed the opportunity attack, which would mean I did take all that damage and couldn't keep the wolf at bay. Iman is at 3 HP. I will make my next move here shortly.
Last edited January 18, 2018 6:24 pm
Jan 18, 2018 6:23 pm
G3rmanicus says:
RollsAttack of Opportunity on W3 - (1d20+5)
( 4 ) + 5 = 9
Damage if hit - (1d10+5)
( 7 ) + 5 = 12
Jan 18, 2018 7:50 pm
Dammit! I should have mentioned before that Torden is more of a fighting cleric than a healing cleric. But I can't just let Iman (nor Pageflap, who is at 6hp, I think) go down, can I now? Still waiting for Aegar to go though.
Jan 19, 2018 12:03 am
Oh yeah, the 1d4+3 attack is the bonus action attack, and the opportunity attack is just a regular attack :) I think I got that mixed up twice in this game so far! Thanks for catching that.
Jan 19, 2018 12:10 am
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Dammit! I should have mentioned before that Torden is more of a fighting cleric than a healing cleric. But I can't just let Iman (nor Pageflap, who is at 6hp, I think) go down, can I now? Still waiting for Aegar to go though.Jan 19, 2018 12:15 am
Oh, just to mention: G3rmanicus, if you hit with the opportunity attack and did not kill the wolf, it would not have been held at bay. It would have been able to continue forward. But, there was a good chance you could have killed it outright :) However, if you gain the Sentinel feat, then you could actually hold things at bay with your opportunity attack.
[ +- ] Sentinel Feat
You have mastered techniques to take advantage of every drop in any enemy’s guard, gaining the following benefits:
* When you hit a creature with an opportunity attack, the creature’s speed becomes 0 for the rest of the turn.
* Creatures provoke opportunity attacks from you even if they take the Disengage action before leaving your reach.
* When a creature within melee range of you makes an attack against a target other than you (and that target doesn’t have this feat), you can use your reaction to make a melee weapon attack against the attacking creature.
* When you hit a creature with an opportunity attack, the creature’s speed becomes 0 for the rest of the turn.
* Creatures provoke opportunity attacks from you even if they take the Disengage action before leaving your reach.
* When a creature within melee range of you makes an attack against a target other than you (and that target doesn’t have this feat), you can use your reaction to make a melee weapon attack against the attacking creature.
Jan 19, 2018 3:49 pm
Jabes, don't wait for TheDaykinator. We'll explain his slow start with his drinking of gutbuster.
Jan 19, 2018 4:38 pm
lenpelletier says:
Oh, just to mention: G3rmanicus, if you hit with the opportunity attack and did not kill the wolf, it would not have been held at bay. It would have been able to continue forward. But, there was a good chance you could have killed it outright :) However, if you gain the Sentinel feat, then you could actually hold things at bay with your opportunity attack.[ +- ] Sentinel Feat
You have mastered techniques to take advantage of every drop in any enemy’s guard, gaining the following benefits:
* When you hit a creature with an opportunity attack, the creature’s speed becomes 0 for the rest of the turn.
* Creatures provoke opportunity attacks from you even if they take the Disengage action before leaving your reach.
* When a creature within melee range of you makes an attack against a target other than you (and that target doesn’t have this feat), you can use your reaction to make a melee weapon attack against the attacking creature.
* When you hit a creature with an opportunity attack, the creature’s speed becomes 0 for the rest of the turn.
* Creatures provoke opportunity attacks from you even if they take the Disengage action before leaving your reach.
* When a creature within melee range of you makes an attack against a target other than you (and that target doesn’t have this feat), you can use your reaction to make a melee weapon attack against the attacking creature.
Jan 19, 2018 4:51 pm
G3rmanicus says:
lenpelletier says:
Oh, just to mention: G3rmanicus, if you hit with the opportunity attack and did not kill the wolf, it would not have been held at bay. It would have been able to continue forward. But, there was a good chance you could have killed it outright :) However, if you gain the Sentinel feat, then you could actually hold things at bay with your opportunity attack.[ +- ] Sentinel Feat
You have mastered techniques to take advantage of every drop in any enemy’s guard, gaining the following benefits:
* When you hit a creature with an opportunity attack, the creature’s speed becomes 0 for the rest of the turn.
* Creatures provoke opportunity attacks from you even if they take the Disengage action before leaving your reach.
* When a creature within melee range of you makes an attack against a target other than you (and that target doesn’t have this feat), you can use your reaction to make a melee weapon attack against the attacking creature.
* When you hit a creature with an opportunity attack, the creature’s speed becomes 0 for the rest of the turn.
* Creatures provoke opportunity attacks from you even if they take the Disengage action before leaving your reach.
* When a creature within melee range of you makes an attack against a target other than you (and that target doesn’t have this feat), you can use your reaction to make a melee weapon attack against the attacking creature.
Jan 19, 2018 6:28 pm
In my RL game, I'm playing an uber-multiclassed character: rogue 1/monk 3/warlock 2. I took the human variant Mobile feat option. He almost never takes damage because of his hit-and-run tactics.
I have the feeling that when we hit the double-digit levels, his relative power won't be quite as impressive, but at 6th level, he has a 50' movement and attacks using a rapier with Booming Blade (1d8 plus another possible 2d8 if the target moves), Hex (1d6), and Sneak Attack (1d6) damage plus an unarmed strike. Another favorite tactic is to cast Darkness (monk) on an opponent since he can see perfectly even in magical darkness (warlock), which gives him advantage on every attack and disadvantage to his opponent. If he uses Pass Without a Trace (monk), he has a +20 to stealth.
I think this was supposed to be a tale of effective use of the Mobile feat, but it ended up being me bragging about my character. Oh yeah, he also has a 19 passive perception, and when we hit level 7 (hopefully at tomorrow's session), he'll have the Actor feat and be able to cast Disguise Self at will (warlock).
I have the feeling that when we hit the double-digit levels, his relative power won't be quite as impressive, but at 6th level, he has a 50' movement and attacks using a rapier with Booming Blade (1d8 plus another possible 2d8 if the target moves), Hex (1d6), and Sneak Attack (1d6) damage plus an unarmed strike. Another favorite tactic is to cast Darkness (monk) on an opponent since he can see perfectly even in magical darkness (warlock), which gives him advantage on every attack and disadvantage to his opponent. If he uses Pass Without a Trace (monk), he has a +20 to stealth.
I think this was supposed to be a tale of effective use of the Mobile feat, but it ended up being me bragging about my character. Oh yeah, he also has a 19 passive perception, and when we hit level 7 (hopefully at tomorrow's session), he'll have the Actor feat and be able to cast Disguise Self at will (warlock).
Jan 20, 2018 6:41 pm
lenpelletier says:
Jabes, don't wait for TheDaykinator. We'll explain his slow start with his drinking of gutbuster.Jan 20, 2018 6:51 pm
Yeah I'm here. Sorry, had a brutal work week.
I like to think of killing bad guys as proactive healing. Your call :)Yeah Torden agrees with you. :-D
lenpelletier says:
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Dammit! I should have mentioned before that Torden is more of a fighting cleric than a healing cleric. But I can't just let Iman (nor Pageflap, who is at 6hp, I think) go down, can I now? Still waiting for Aegar to go though.Last edited January 20, 2018 6:54 pm
Jan 20, 2018 6:58 pm
McDunno says:
In my RL game, I'm playing an uber-multiclassed character: rogue 1/monk 3/warlock 2. I took the human variant Mobile feat option. He almost never takes damage because of his hit-and-run tactics.I have the feeling that when we hit the double-digit levels, his relative power won't be quite as impressive, but at 6th level, he has a 50' movement and attacks using a rapier with Booming Blade (1d8 plus another possible 2d8 if the target moves), Hex (1d6), and Sneak Attack (1d6) damage plus an unarmed strike. Another favorite tactic is to cast Darkness (monk) on an opponent since he can see perfectly even in magical darkness (warlock), which gives him advantage on every attack and disadvantage to his opponent. If he uses Pass Without a Trace (monk), he has a +20 to stealth.
I think this was supposed to be a tale of effective use of the Mobile feat, but it ended up being me bragging about my character. Oh yeah, he also has a 19 passive perception, and when we hit level 7 (hopefully at tomorrow's session), he'll have the Actor feat and be able to cast Disguise Self at will (warlock).
But, he was 15 and on the autistic spectrum. I am sure you play your character more responsibly!
Jan 20, 2018 8:16 pm
lenpelletier says:
lenpelletier says:
Jabes, don't wait for TheDaykinator. We'll explain his slow start with his drinking of gutbuster.Jan 20, 2018 8:58 pm
So does Aegar still go before the Nightblades during a turn, or is he going after now?
We know he's going after them this turn, but will he be going after them next turn? I'm asking because if he's back to going before them then it'll pretty much be as if he's taking two turns in a row right now.
We know he's going after them this turn, but will he be going after them next turn? I'm asking because if he's back to going before them then it'll pretty much be as if he's taking two turns in a row right now.
Last edited January 20, 2018 9:03 pm
Jan 20, 2018 9:12 pm
Yep, that's fine. Go ahead and take two turns TheDaykinator, as long as you post it today. First group is up now: Pageflap, Iman, Barendd, Aegar (x2 turns).
Jan 20, 2018 9:13 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
I've been meaning to ask you if I can reskin it to look like ball lightning, but remain radiant damage mechanically. :-)Thanks for reminding me about that idea!
Jan 21, 2018 4:11 am
Not the best rolls for my attacks with advantage lol but just reminding everyone Iman is now at a disadvantage from other attacks made towards him since I decided to attack recklessly.
Jan 21, 2018 5:16 am
G3rmanicus says:
... just reminding everyone Iman is now at a disadvantage from other attacks made towards him since I decided to attack recklessly.Jan 21, 2018 7:15 am
Reminding everyone that Torden has Bless active on Barendd, Pageflap, and Aegar so use it if you haven't yet. If Torden gets hit he may lose Concentration and the spell will have been wasted if unused.
1st-level enchantment
Casting Time: 1 action
Range: 30 feet
Components: V, S, M (a sprinkling of holy water)
Duration: Concentration, up to 1 minute
You bless up to three creatures of your choice within range. Whenever a target makes an attack roll or a saving throw before the spell ends, the target can roll a d4 and add the number rolled to the attack roll or saving throw.
At Higher Levels. When you cast this spell using a spell slot of 2nd level or higher, you can target one additional creature for each slot level above 1st.
Quote:
Bless1st-level enchantment
Casting Time: 1 action
Range: 30 feet
Components: V, S, M (a sprinkling of holy water)
Duration: Concentration, up to 1 minute
You bless up to three creatures of your choice within range. Whenever a target makes an attack roll or a saving throw before the spell ends, the target can roll a d4 and add the number rolled to the attack roll or saving throw.
At Higher Levels. When you cast this spell using a spell slot of 2nd level or higher, you can target one additional creature for each slot level above 1st.
Last edited January 21, 2018 7:17 am
Jan 22, 2018 3:28 pm
lenpelletier says:
The first time I DM'ed 5th edition (Hoard of the Dragon Queen) I had a player build this character almost exactly, minus Booming Blade, which hadn't been invented yet. He was a real pain in the ass. Made everyone worse in combat with Darkness including his allies, had to be talked down to prevent monopolizing every NPC interaction, auto-discovered every secret, and his inability to be surprised hard countered many dramatic moments of that adventure. After a certain point there wasn't a session we didn't have to have a conversation about the social contract of the game and the ultimate goal not being 'winning' but making sure everyone at the table had fun. But, he was 15 and on the autistic spectrum. I am sure you play your character more responsibly!
And I've finally gotten a chance to play him from the beginning in real life. Unfortunately, he was cursed by a hag and wasn't able to cast any spells requiring a somatic component for the last three levels (finally got lifted Saturday), so that was becoming rather frustrating for me as a player.
I'm also getting a little frustrated because, like you, my RL DM seems to be getting frustrated that my character is almost impossibly stealthy (I actually rolled a 40 stealth on Saturday!) and has a very high passive perception. Having spent my own fair share of time on the other side of the DM screen, I can understand the frustration a DM feels when a character can so easily foil your plans, but as a player, I really have to call him on it when I'm surprised by an assassin and I wasn't even asked for stealth or perception rolls. I know it spoiled his plans, but it's not like he's telling the paladin, who's built for combat, that his sword no longer does damage because it messes with his story. My character's abilities will expand as we level up, but right now, he's built for two things: to hide (stealth) and to seek (perception).
Luckily, the current DM is pretty good about listening to players and I'm a middle-aged man and not a kid, so there's only the occasional temper tantrum ;-). When I was surprised by the assassin, and I asked about whether I could get stealth and perception rolls before being surprised, he agreed. Our previous DM (who is also a middle-aged man, so age does not equate to lack of pettiness) would never have listened.
As for his Darkness becoming a hindrance to others, Saturday was the first time I was able to use it in combat, and I was pretty mindful about how it would affect other characters. My character (at this point in his development) is very self-centered, but he's also intelligent enough to know he will not survive long without the help of the others. Plus, having the mobile feat, I can easily run in, attack in darkness, then run out again so the other characters can see.
Jan 22, 2018 4:20 pm
Aegar has not yet taken his action for the first round of combat. Daykinator posted some nice RP but no actual action yet.
As soon as he does then I believe we're at the top of the round
1. Aegar, Barendd, Iman, Pageflap's {any order}
2. 4 Night Blades, 4 Wolves
3. TordenI just realized that Torden could have cast both Sacred Flame (a 1-action cantrip) and Healing Word (a bonus action spell) in the same round. Since we haven't officially concluded Round 1 I wonder if you'll let me tack a Healing Word onto my post?
As soon as he does then I believe we're at the top of the round
lenpelletier says:
INITIATIVE ORDER1. Aegar, Barendd, Iman, Pageflap's {any order}
2. 4 Night Blades, 4 Wolves
3. Torden
Last edited January 22, 2018 4:26 pm
Jan 22, 2018 4:24 pm
I think that Aegar's RP was him readying an action, though if not then he still has two turns to go. Iman's already used his turn this round and so had Barennd, but I think Starrbeardo is still able to use inspiration to try turning that miss into a hit. And I'm writing up my action right now
And the Shield spell uses up one of my spell slots, doesn't it?
And the Shield spell uses up one of my spell slots, doesn't it?
Last edited January 22, 2018 4:24 pm
Jan 22, 2018 4:32 pm
I guess I was wrong and we're already into Round 2? Because I think this is Iman's second go already.
Jan 22, 2018 4:39 pm
In addition to the question on whether Shield uses up a spell slot, I'm also wondering if I can hit N2, W1, or W3 since they're on the other side of Iman from my perspective
Jan 22, 2018 4:39 pm
Jacketch says:
And the Shield spell uses up one of my spell slots, doesn't it?Jan 22, 2018 4:43 pm
Jacketch says:
In addition to the question on whether Shield uses up a spell slot, I'm also wondering if I can hit N2, W1, or W3 since they're on the other side of Iman from my perspectiveAlso, while Iman is certainly in some trouble, he's designed to take the hits. Pageflap is not. I would recommend trying to finish off the wolf so you can move out of the line of fire.
Jan 22, 2018 4:47 pm
Wanted to know about shield since I believe I have one spell slot left and whether to save it for shield or not. I think I may be able to down one of the wolves if I get lucky with Magic Missile, but Shocking Grasp on the one in front of me may be best
Last edited January 22, 2018 4:51 pm
Jan 22, 2018 4:49 pm
Quote:
Also, while Iman is certainly in some trouble, he's designed to take the hits. Pageflap is not. I would recommend trying to finish off the wolf so you can move out of the line of fire.Jan 22, 2018 4:50 pm
Yeah, I'd hold onto the spell slot. Besides, Magic Missile is a ranged attack, and you'd be at disadvantage because an enemy is within 5 feet of you. Shocking Grasp is a great option. If you hit, you'll be able to move back without taking an opportunity attack.
Jan 22, 2018 4:52 pm
Jacketch says:
RollsShocking Grasp attempt - (1d20+5)
( 9 ) + 5 = 14
Bless - (1d4)
( 3 ) = 3
Damage if hit - (1d8)
( 6 ) = 6
Jan 22, 2018 4:52 pm
Went with Shocking Grasp, and I meant one of the wolves attacking Iman but that's a moot point now. I'm pretty positive that's a hit, so I'll move Pageflap away from the window now
Jan 22, 2018 4:56 pm
Shocking grasp has a range of Touch, so you wouldn't be able to get to one of the ones in front of Iman.
Jan 22, 2018 5:16 pm
Len, what's the line-of-sight situation from the window in front of Kit? Would he be able to target N3 and W3 with a ranged attack?
Jan 22, 2018 5:17 pm
McDunno says:
Len, what's the line-of-sight situation from the window in front of Kit? Would he be able to target N3 and W3 with a ranged attack?Jan 22, 2018 6:27 pm
Len, before it gets around to the first group, could you clarify the situation between Barendd and N4? I have seen some DMs, because there is a wall there, declare that an angle that prevents Barendd from being able to attack N4 and that he would not take an opportunity attack if he moved. I have seen others declare it melee range, and Barendd can attack and be attacked by N4.
Jan 23, 2018 12:25 am
Sorry folks, got very busy today. Would like to respond in more detail to everyone, but will hit the major points now.
Jabes yes, post a new post of your healing Word but don't make me undo stuff. Heal pageflap not Iman, for example.
Jacketch, inspiration is meant to be used before you roll not after. He can use it next round. Shield does use a spell slot.
I'll catch up in 4 hours or so.
Jabes yes, post a new post of your healing Word but don't make me undo stuff. Heal pageflap not Iman, for example.
Jacketch, inspiration is meant to be used before you roll not after. He can use it next round. Shield does use a spell slot.
I'll catch up in 4 hours or so.
Jan 23, 2018 5:03 am
McDunno says:
Len, before it gets around to the first group, could you clarify the situation between Barendd and N4? I have seen some DMs, because there is a wall there, declare that an angle that prevents Barendd from being able to attack N4 and that he would not take an opportunity attack if he moved. I have seen others declare it melee range, and Barendd can attack and be attacked by N4.Jan 23, 2018 5:06 am
McDunno says:
Len, what's the line-of-sight situation from the window in front of Kit? Would he be able to target N3 and W3 with a ranged attack?Jan 23, 2018 5:13 am
Jacketch says:
Went with Shocking Grasp, and I meant one of the wolves attacking Iman but that's a moot point now. I'm pretty positive that's a hit, so I'll move Pageflap away from the window nowJan 23, 2018 5:26 am
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
I guess I was wrong and we're already into Round 2? Because I think this is Iman's second go already.I'm not going to run anymore actions for Aegar. I usually have an absent player's character do a dodge action or just heal others because I don't want a DM controlled character to be the hero of the story. In this case, it feels a bit like I'm punishing the party by withholding that attack because things are tense, but I don't think it'll make a difference in the outcome. I believe in you guys :D So long as the dice gods do not forsake you!
Jan 23, 2018 5:41 am
McDunno says:
My goals are probably different than his, too ...
Plus, having the mobile feat, I can easily run in, attack in darkness, then run out again so the other characters can see.
Just to close the story, my frustrations with that student were always ameliorated when I reminded myself they were learning valuable social skills. There was probably nothing more valuable I could have done with him as a teacher - he steamrolled all academics, he just needed to learn how to interact with people. In the end, that's more important than my little DM secrets. He never quite 'got it' but maybe something will click later in life with the benefit of hindsight. After all, I'm sure I was a complete prick when I played RPGs as a teenager and I don't have autistic tendencies as an excuse!
Jan 23, 2018 6:22 am
lenpelletier says:
Jabes yes, post a new post of your healing Word but don't make me undo stuff. Heal pageflap not Iman, for example.Quote:
Yeah, we're on round 2. I didn't post the round 2 summary that I usually post, mostly because I forgot. Still getting used to running a map on a spreadsheet and forgot my basics.Quote:
I'm not going to run anymore actions for Aegar.Story post incoming.
Jan 23, 2018 6:25 am
I think a Destructive Wrath empowered Thunderwave that hits 4 bad guys is probably worth hitting a single ally, but your call what Torden would think. Also, did you want to use a Wrath of the Storm since you were hit earlier?
Jan 23, 2018 6:29 am
lenpelletier says:
I think a Destructive Wrath empowered Thunderwave that hits 4 bad guys is probably worth hitting a single ally, but your call what Torden would think. Also, did you want to use a Wrath of the Storm since you were hit earlier?Jan 23, 2018 8:44 am
Quote:
Thunderwave that hits 4 bad guys is probably worth hitting a single ally...Huh. Maybe I can:
PHB.page264 says:
CubeYou select a cube’s point of origin, which lies anywhere on a face of the cubic effect. The cube’s size is expressed as the length of each side. A cube’s point of origin is not included in the cube’s area of effect, unless you decide otherwise.
Last edited January 23, 2018 8:48 am
Jan 23, 2018 12:59 pm
How does healing an unconscious ally work? Would I still be unconscious and keep rolling death saving throws if I get a heal? Just curious,
Jan 23, 2018 2:26 pm
lenpelletier says:
I can't remember how this works in 5e. I could look it up, but I'm not too worried about it. If Barendd wants to hit N4, Barendd can hit N4. Let's not get bogged down in the Tyranny of the Grid as I've heard Mike Shea call it. Think of the map as more of a guide for how the situation is going down rather than a chess board with rigid rules. It is supposed to make things easier to visualize, easier to understand what's happening, so that we can tell our story better. If it ends up making it more complicated or messes up the pacing of the game, then it was all in vain ;)Jan 23, 2018 2:56 pm
lenpelletier says:
Yeah, I know you aren't being a pain about it :Dlenpelletier says:
You are one of the most story-focused people I've ever played with.lenpelletier says:
You got a bit of power gamer DNA in your blood, but that isn't a bad thing. I'm the same.Jan 23, 2018 3:04 pm
G3rmanicus says:
How does healing an unconscious ally work? Would I still be unconscious and keep rolling death saving throws if I get a heal? Just curious,Jan 23, 2018 8:07 pm
I don't want to this turn, but if I want to use action surge would I out it in the post for my turn or would I make a separate post afterward for the additional action?
Jan 23, 2018 9:44 pm
Starrbeardo says:
I don't want to this turn, but if I want to use action surge would I out it in the post for my turn or would I make a separate post afterward for the additional action?Jan 25, 2018 6:04 pm
I had 6 HP left, so the club would definitely knock me out. I'll use Shield, though. My AC should be 21 for this turn and I'll still be up
Jan 25, 2018 6:08 pm
Seems like this is a now or never situation so my text turn I'd like to use action surge and second wind in tandem how should I get that taken care of?
Jan 25, 2018 6:33 pm
You can definitely do that. You can just say in OOC you are using Action Surge. You would use your bonus action for your second wind, and then you get 2 actions to do whatever you want - probably making 2 attacks (both attacks would get +3 damage bonus from strength). If you want to do max damage, then you could forgo second wind and use 2 actions for attack (with +3 damage bonus) and 1 bonus action for your off hand weapon (no +3 damage bonus) for a total of 3 attacks.
Jan 25, 2018 6:36 pm
Second Wind spends your Bonus Action.
Action Surge gives you an additional Action (such as an Attack, a Disengage, a Dodge, or any other Combat Action.)
At our current level, one Attack action usually just means one attack. In Barendd's case he has been spending his Action to make one attack with Leachclaw and his Bonus Action to attack with his handaxe. So this next round if you're spending your Bonus Action on Second Wind it will not be available to use your handaxe. You could attack with Leachclaw twice though, if you choose, thanks to the Action Surge.
I hope that made sense.
What sort of weapon is Leachclaw? Does it have the Versatile property?
Oops, Len answered your question as I was typing.:-D
Action Surge gives you an additional Action (such as an Attack, a Disengage, a Dodge, or any other Combat Action.)
At our current level, one Attack action usually just means one attack. In Barendd's case he has been spending his Action to make one attack with Leachclaw and his Bonus Action to attack with his handaxe. So this next round if you're spending your Bonus Action on Second Wind it will not be available to use your handaxe. You could attack with Leachclaw twice though, if you choose, thanks to the Action Surge.
I hope that made sense.
What sort of weapon is Leachclaw? Does it have the Versatile property?
Oops, Len answered your question as I was typing.:-D
Last edited January 25, 2018 6:37 pm
Jan 25, 2018 6:51 pm
Sleep says that it affects creatures "within 20 feet of a point you choose within range." It does not specify that I have to be able to see the point. Could I target square W12 (on the other side of the wall)? I think that's the only point of origin that would affect all the enemies without also targeting Barendd and/or Pageflap.
Jan 25, 2018 7:32 pm
A bit late to ask, but are the wolves sharing their pack tactics with the Nightblades?
Jan 25, 2018 9:07 pm
Jacketch says:
A bit late to ask, but are the wolves sharing their pack tactics with the Nightblades?Jan 25, 2018 9:22 pm
Correction for me.i added in the damage to Torden to mine so I should have more hours, I'll look into it shortly
Jan 26, 2018 3:07 am
lenpelletier says:
Here's the relevant ruling for future reference:[ +- ] PHB 204
A typical spell requires you to pick one or more targets to be affected by the spell's magic. a spell's description tells you whether the spell targets creatures, objects, or a point of origin for an area of effect.
To target something, you must have a clear path to it, so it can't be behind total cover.
If you place an area of effect at a point that you can't see and an obstruction, such as a wall, is between you and that point, the point of origin comes into being on the near side of that obstruction.
A spell's effect expands in straight lines from the point of origin. If no unblocked straight line extends from the point of origin to a location within the area of effect, that location isn't included in the spell's area. To block one of these imaginary lines, an obstruction must provide total cover, as explained in chapter 4.
To target something, you must have a clear path to it, so it can't be behind total cover.
If you place an area of effect at a point that you can't see and an obstruction, such as a wall, is between you and that point, the point of origin comes into being on the near side of that obstruction.
A spell's effect expands in straight lines from the point of origin. If no unblocked straight line extends from the point of origin to a location within the area of effect, that location isn't included in the spell's area. To block one of these imaginary lines, an obstruction must provide total cover, as explained in chapter 4.
In other words, I kept thinking, there are plenty of spells that state you have to see the target or the point of origin. Sleep does not include that specification. Ergo, Sleep does not need line of sight to the point of origin. If I had turned the page, I would have seen that they quite clearly state that, unless otherwise specified, while you don't have to actually see the point of origin (meaning you could still cast it in the dark or while blinded), you do have to have a clear path.
And, yeah, it would have been kind of funny for Kit to put Pageflap to sleep. "Kit heads for the western door, stepping over Pageflap's sleeping form. I say, Pageflap, this hardly seems the ideal time for a nap!"
Jan 26, 2018 4:45 am
Just a heads up, death saves continue even after we're out of combat. During or after combat, another player can try to help a downed character by performing a medicine skill check in order to stabilize the character. Kit's a little too out of it to think of something like that right now, but Pageflap could, unless he wants to take a crack at one of the sleeping bandits (who will wake up if attacked).
Jan 26, 2018 4:55 am
He's planning on asking Barennd to wake up Torben while he ties up the bandits since I'm pretty sure Barennd would be better at medicine than he would be, unless the wolf is still up.
Jan 26, 2018 4:58 am
You just have to beat a 10, same as a death save. And stabilizing a character at 0 hp doesn't wake them up. Without magical healing or a potion or some other method that grants hp, a stabilized character will only regain consciousness (and 1 hp) after 1d4 hours.
Jan 26, 2018 5:30 am
Ah, I didn't know that. Should probably help Iman first then since he's failed one save so far.
Jan 26, 2018 7:16 am
Jacketch says:
Should probably help Iman first then since he's failed one save so far.EDIT: Ah but Len is ruling to handwave it in favor of moving on with the story. This is why Len is one of my favorite DM's here - story is king (as it should be)!
Jan 26, 2018 2:17 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
EDIT: Ah but Len is ruling to handwave it in favor of moving on with the story. This is why Len is one of my favorite DM's here - story is king (as it should be)!Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Yeah. Triage. In-story, the characters don't know how many saves someone has made or failed but I guess you can sort of tell who's in worse shape.Jan 26, 2018 4:55 pm
I gotta say I am loving the aftermath! A game hasn't made me this giddy since...well, the very first campaign I played, nearly 30 years ago!
The Heroes of Whitesparrow! I love it!
I'm assuming the Cloaks of Protection are for Pageflap, Barenndd, and Aegar. You forgot to mention Aegar in the text. :-)
The Heroes of Whitesparrow! I love it!
I'm assuming the Cloaks of Protection are for Pageflap, Barenndd, and Aegar. You forgot to mention Aegar in the text. :-)
Last edited January 26, 2018 4:55 pm
Jan 26, 2018 5:31 pm
Aegar was unconscious when the cloaks were delivered, but yes I agree that the fourth cloak should go to Aegar in addition to Kit, Barendd and Pageflap.
None of Aegar's actions were visible to the town, nor were they conducted by the player, so I'm not celebrating them too much in game text. I hope TheDaykinator doesn't mind or feel like it is a slight; if it were me, I wouldn't want my DM to trump up stuff that I didn't do anyway :) Aegar is an old knight anyway, and probably had his share of accolades over the years. There is plenty of goodwill for him among the townsfolk, just not as big a celebrity as Iman or Barendd at the moment :)
However, it is true that he stood back-to-back with Torden in a life-and-death situation and you gave him a good zap for his reward, and I know a good scene will come from you two at some point that will be better than one I would make :)
None of Aegar's actions were visible to the town, nor were they conducted by the player, so I'm not celebrating them too much in game text. I hope TheDaykinator doesn't mind or feel like it is a slight; if it were me, I wouldn't want my DM to trump up stuff that I didn't do anyway :) Aegar is an old knight anyway, and probably had his share of accolades over the years. There is plenty of goodwill for him among the townsfolk, just not as big a celebrity as Iman or Barendd at the moment :)
However, it is true that he stood back-to-back with Torden in a life-and-death situation and you gave him a good zap for his reward, and I know a good scene will come from you two at some point that will be better than one I would make :)
Jan 26, 2018 5:56 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
I gotta say I am loving the aftermath! A game hasn't made me this giddy since...well, the very first campaign I played, nearly 30 years ago!The Heroes of Whitesparrow! I love it!
I'm assuming the Cloaks of Protection are for Pageflap, Barenndd, and Aegar. You forgot to mention Aegar in the text. :-)
Jan 26, 2018 5:58 pm
And of course, I haven't even mentioned your Destructive Wrath that really turned the tides!
Jan 26, 2018 6:29 pm
lenpelletier says:
I figured with Jacketch and McDunno providing cantrip damage it'd be okay, but McDunno was such a cool cat, he knew he had it in the bag the whole time haha!Jan 26, 2018 6:33 pm
lenpelletier says:
And of course, I haven't even mentioned your Destructive Wrath that really turned the tides!Jan 26, 2018 10:43 pm
Owl is one of the ones I'm leaning towards, but cat and weasel also caught my eye
Jan 26, 2018 11:11 pm
Your call :) Owl is considered strong because of the flyby ability, but if you want a furry animal companion then owl just doesn't fill that role.
Jan 26, 2018 11:11 pm
Jacketch says:
Owl is one of the ones I'm leaning towards, but cat and weasel also caught my eyeJan 26, 2018 11:53 pm
Lol that was awesome! The pack tactics got Iman. I wasn’t expecting something like that lol can’t say Iman won’t do it again though, haha.
Jan 27, 2018 1:19 am
I also imagine I could use a raven as a mini Pageflap to communicate from afar, but it'd only be from 100 feet I realize
Jan 27, 2018 2:04 am
G3rmanicus says:
Lol that was awesome! The pack tactics got Iman. I wasn’t expecting something like that lol can’t say Iman won’t do it again though, haha.Jacketch says:
I also imagine I could use a raven as a mini Pageflap to communicate from afar, but it'd only be from 100 feet I realizeA raven would be a good visual match, but would Pageflap get jealous of it flying around? Or would he constantly be using the bird's senses to experience flight?
Last edited January 27, 2018 2:05 am
Jan 27, 2018 3:11 am
He'd totally experience flight of he could. It wouldn't occur to him at first, though, and I don't think he even knows he can do that yet. I think I'll go with weasel for its eavesdropping and scouting potential first.
Jan 27, 2018 8:40 pm
Hey everyone I'm traveling at the moment so I don't know how often I'll be able to post.
Jan 29, 2018 4:15 am
How far from the jail is the Inn? Thinking of having the weasel eavesdrop on the Night Blades if it's close enough.
Jan 29, 2018 1:27 pm
Not 100 feet. The buildings here are pretty spaced out. However, it would be easy enough to get within 100 feet of the jail.
Jan 29, 2018 2:12 pm
Hey everyone, just wanted to tip you guys of on great episode on play by post rpgs on the total party thrill podcast. Lots of good advice for how to get the best from this medium. Enjoy!
Jan 29, 2018 4:58 pm
Also, congrats team for making it to 1000 posts! The game is going strong and you guys rock. Keep up the great posts :D
Jan 29, 2018 5:06 pm
You know, Len, it's been over a year since you and I "met" in another game, but it wasn't until now that I realized why your name sounded so familiar. It was the juxtaposition of glancing over to see this new post of yours, then glancing back to the case I was proofing and reading the name "Michael J. Pelletier." He's the state appellate defender, and I have seen his name on at least one case almost every single work day for the last four years. And I only now noticed why your name seemed familiar to me.
Jan 30, 2018 6:42 pm
Hey folks, got super busy today. Probably won't post until late tonight. Sorry in advance! Maybe suss out what your character's want to do in the morning while you are waiting for me to get back online. Thanks!
Jan 30, 2018 7:27 pm
lenpelletier says:
Hey folks, got super busy today. Probably won't post until late tonight. Sorry in advance! Maybe suss out what your character's want to do in the morning while you are waiting for me to get back online. Thanks!Feb 2, 2018 6:10 am
Hey everyone! It has been a tough month for me, and by the sounds of it for many of you too. Participation in the game has dropped a bit as we have all been working on real life stuff. School, work, illness, family, and all of our real world responsibilities have been kicking our asses! I was just writing to say: keep fighting the good fight and thanks for keeping us all in the loop as things have gotten busy for you. Also, thanks for your patience as we wait for everyone's replies :)
Feb 9, 2018 7:28 pm
I'm heading into a busy weekend (daughter's birthday, including a slumber party). I should be able to keep an eye on what's going on, but don't look for a lot of input otherwise.
Feb 13, 2018 12:22 am
Whatever happened with the note the Night Lord wrote, by the way? Is it okay if Pageflap hangs on to it? It may come in handy later.
Feb 13, 2018 12:37 am
Jacketch says:
Whatever happened with the note the Night Lord wrote, by the way? Is it okay if Pageflap hangs on to it? It may come in handy later.Feb 13, 2018 2:38 pm
Sorry I haven’t been posting much, I recently started a new job and it’s about an hour drive to add to it, so I’ve been pretty busy. Will try to post today.
Feb 13, 2018 4:32 pm
Thanks for the heads up G3rmanicus.
Just a head's up to everybody: this game has slowed down a fair bit as various people have had to put real life first, including myself. As I look to the future, I see this game wrapping up fairly soon. The original intent was to help new players learn to play D&D in a PbP setting, and I think we've accomplished that :) . It was meant to be low commitment in the sense that you weren't tied in to play for years or something. So, I want to bring the game to a place where we can logically conclude the story, and then set it aside.
I don't want to get to the point where I feel like I'm guilt-tripping people to participate in something that has become an obligation rather than fun. Hopefully we've learned D&D and PbP well enough so that those of you who are hungry for more feel confident to jump out there and hop into another game.
Just a head's up to everybody: this game has slowed down a fair bit as various people have had to put real life first, including myself. As I look to the future, I see this game wrapping up fairly soon. The original intent was to help new players learn to play D&D in a PbP setting, and I think we've accomplished that :) . It was meant to be low commitment in the sense that you weren't tied in to play for years or something. So, I want to bring the game to a place where we can logically conclude the story, and then set it aside.
I don't want to get to the point where I feel like I'm guilt-tripping people to participate in something that has become an obligation rather than fun. Hopefully we've learned D&D and PbP well enough so that those of you who are hungry for more feel confident to jump out there and hop into another game.
Feb 13, 2018 5:05 pm
Awww I only just got here! But seriously, thank you for letting Torden roam again! :-)
Feb 13, 2018 5:23 pm
We'll definitely finish the Lonely Tower, and who knows? We might pick it up again if people's posting schedules smooth out. Or, perhaps revisit the world. This world haunts the back of my mind and I tend to set one-shots here that can be played as a solo game but advance the story of the world in some small way.
Feb 13, 2018 5:28 pm
Plus, Kit needs one more level before I can really get the power player benefits of those regenerating warlock spell slots coupled with sorcery points!
Feb 13, 2018 5:34 pm
McDunno says:
Plus, Kit needs one more level before I can really get the power player benefits of those regenerating warlock spell slots coupled with sorcery points!Feb 13, 2018 8:30 pm
Shame this is ending, but it did accomplish what it set out to do. I may reuse Pageflap for whatever campaign I pick next, though I wish we could have gotten farther on this one.
Feb 14, 2018 12:43 am
Jacketch says:
Shame this is ending, but it did accomplish what it set out to do. I may reuse Pageflap for whatever campaign I pick next, though I wish we could have gotten farther on this one.Feb 14, 2018 6:03 am
Hearing everyone talk about how disappointed they are that this game is ending is making me reconsider. I am honestly surprised a bit. I know that the slower pace has mostly been because people are busy, but a part of me assumed it was that people didn't really care that much either way.
I personally am really enjoying the game, but I with the slow down in the past many weeks I guess I was starting to feel like I was enjoying more than everyone else. Whenever I feel the need to ask people to participate more, I guess I get like that.
But hearing people want to continue helps me realize that some of that is just in my head and fills my sails with wind. So, I'm game to continue with whoever wants to come along on the ride :)
Sorry for the drama!
I personally am really enjoying the game, but I with the slow down in the past many weeks I guess I was starting to feel like I was enjoying more than everyone else. Whenever I feel the need to ask people to participate more, I guess I get like that.
But hearing people want to continue helps me realize that some of that is just in my head and fills my sails with wind. So, I'm game to continue with whoever wants to come along on the ride :)
Sorry for the drama!
Feb 14, 2018 6:56 pm
lenpelletier says:
"My word don't mean much, but my money's where my mouth is and that is a whole lot more trustworthy in my experience. Well, what are we waitin' fer? If we hurry, we might catch the Night Lord still taking his morning shit!"Feb 14, 2018 7:27 pm
Torden would never trust these guys. But he's new to the group and likes to go with the flow to begin with.
Feb 14, 2018 7:35 pm
Pageflap doesn't trust them either, hence his suggestion. So we're not leaving the room to discuss then?
Feb 14, 2018 7:37 pm
Jacketch says:
Pageflap doesn't trust them either, hence his suggestion. So we're not leaving the room to discuss then?lenpelletier says:
Sheriff Willowmane opens up the cell and the two walk out. Skeetz has yet to say a word and walks out with his eyes downcast, while Red Beard walks out of the cell with gusto."Hey, nothing personal yesterday, you know, about trying to kill you all. Funny how things work out though, ain't it? So, uh, we'll gear up and get going, yeah? You got our blades still?"
Feb 14, 2018 8:47 pm
McDunno says:
Len, is the sheriff just letting them out on her own while we left the room?Feb 14, 2018 9:37 pm
Damn, I've been trying for weeks to eavesdrop on them talking alone. It's pretty much why I had Pageflap ask everyone to leave the room.
I can make do, there should be another opportunity eventually.
I can make do, there should be another opportunity eventually.
Last edited February 14, 2018 10:08 pm
Feb 14, 2018 11:41 pm
Jacketch says:
Damn, I've been trying for weeks to eavesdrop on them talking alone. It's pretty much why I had Pageflap ask everyone to leave the room.I can make do, there should be another opportunity eventually.
Feb 15, 2018 12:20 am
Are there any exits or anything they can use in the room they're in? Don't really trust them to be alone and unattended in a room like that.
Feb 15, 2018 6:58 pm
Better get on them zoetrope cakes, Jabes!
Last edited February 15, 2018 6:58 pm
Feb 15, 2018 7:12 pm
This guy's at it again! Yeah I've been following his amazing work, both cake and non-cake. Incredible!
Feb 17, 2018 10:54 pm
Looks like TheDaykinator is officially out of the game, his schedule has become busy to accommodate this game. Do we want to recruit a new player, or just write Aegar out of the story?
Feb 17, 2018 10:59 pm
Either way, we should decide what to do next.
1. Decide what you're going to do with Skeetz and Red Beard. Seems like you're leaning toward bringing them? If so, there is the question of arming them. Red Beard seems pretty set on being armed.
2. Decide what's your next step. Scouting the Lonely Tower was suggested.
1. Decide what you're going to do with Skeetz and Red Beard. Seems like you're leaning toward bringing them? If so, there is the question of arming them. Red Beard seems pretty set on being armed.
2. Decide what's your next step. Scouting the Lonely Tower was suggested.
Feb 17, 2018 11:12 pm
I don't want then along at all, but Kit's pretty trusting and a little out of sorts right now. I just figured more level heads would prevail! Which is kind of an hilarious place for a player to be in. My character is going against my wishes!
If we replace Daykinator, we should probably wait until after this next scene to introduce them, or it'll just slow things down. Maybe have someone prepared who can jump in after whatever goes down next.
If we replace Daykinator, we should probably wait until after this next scene to introduce them, or it'll just slow things down. Maybe have someone prepared who can jump in after whatever goes down next.
Feb 18, 2018 12:34 am
I'm ok with bringing in someone new. As for the bandits, Pageflap doesn't trust them but he knows their motivation so he'd be fine bringing them along if everyone's ok with it. He'd vote in favor of making sure they don't betray the party though.
Feb 18, 2018 5:52 am
Barendd is fine with going with the bandits and red beard being armed. His plan was, since the group knew of him taking the knife but he doesn't know the group is aware, that could be an advantage to the group.
As far as bringing someone else in I'm not sure if that makes sense if we don't intend to continue past the tower. I'd very much like to do so and continue this arc, but if that's not in the cards then bringing someone else in didn't seem like the best option.
As far as bringing someone else in I'm not sure if that makes sense if we don't intend to continue past the tower. I'd very much like to do so and continue this arc, but if that's not in the cards then bringing someone else in didn't seem like the best option.
Feb 18, 2018 6:32 am
Oh, I'm down for more. I decided I would keep going in this post, having mistaken lack of regular participation as a sign of lack of interest. I knew better, but sometimes your gremlins gnaw at you and make you do dumb things.
Feb 18, 2018 5:51 pm
Ah dope. Then yeah I say let's continue on. Having someone else added in to flesh out the party.
Unrelated, but do you have an example of a game here here someone is playing as bard? I am hoping to see that class in action since it seems like a pretty jack of all trades.
Unrelated, but do you have an example of a game here here someone is playing as bard? I am hoping to see that class in action since it seems like a pretty jack of all trades.
Feb 18, 2018 7:07 pm
I don't have a public game to show you. McDunno played a bard in a game Jabes and I are in, although it was an unorthodox one, but I'm sure he'll have some good comments on it.
I would say that the Bard is exactly as you say, a jack-of-all trades. He's got great skill bonuses, even to skills that he's not proficient with. From level 1-5 I think he will feel more like a support character than anything else. Although you are a jack of all trades, there is usually somebody else in the party that is better at you at any given thing. BUT, when you get to level 6 you get this thing called Magical Secrets which catapults you into the front of the line in terms of power. It might be the single best ability in the game. Maybe portent dice from the Diviner Wizard is better.
I would say that the Bard is exactly as you say, a jack-of-all trades. He's got great skill bonuses, even to skills that he's not proficient with. From level 1-5 I think he will feel more like a support character than anything else. Although you are a jack of all trades, there is usually somebody else in the party that is better at you at any given thing. BUT, when you get to level 6 you get this thing called Magical Secrets which catapults you into the front of the line in terms of power. It might be the single best ability in the game. Maybe portent dice from the Diviner Wizard is better.
Feb 20, 2018 2:53 pm
The bard I'm "playing" in another game with Len and Jabes is more cleric than bard, so I don't know how much help I could be. Besides, I put playing in quotes because that game has gone almost nowhere in over a year. The DM seems to forget about it for weeks at a time and then will chime in with a post like "The night fades away and nothing bothers your slumber and you are fully rested." I applaud Len and Jabes (and the one other player still in it) for attempting to advance their characters, but I have a great deal of difficulty putting forth an effort.
Other than that game, the last time I played a bard was back in the AD&D days, and that bard was vastly different than the one today. You could say that Kit is a bard in all but name. This doesn't apply to all bards, but I would say a traditional bard is someone who is flamboyant and probably a show-off. Loves poetry and music. Think of yourself more as support and a morale booster than a frontline combatant. Bards are typically charming and perhaps a little too desirous of adulation. I think, Starrbeardo, that you seem to have a knack for falling into a leadership role. This works well with a bard in towns and social situations, not so much in dungeon crawls. But a bard who can step back and assess the situation and be able to direct and boost your comrades in battle can be very valuable.
Now if you're talking more non-traditional, you could use the bard mechanics and reflavor everything else. I would recommend checking with your DM first, though. I don't know that I've had a DM on GamersPlane who would object, but you never know when you might be dealing with a traditionalist. If you're following a non-traditional path, you could have a half-orc who beats on a drum and spouts horrid spoken-word. You could have a bard who doesn't play an instrument at all, but is basically a stand-up comedian (what is Vicious Mockery but a magical way to deal with hecklers?). Use the human variant and take Magic Initiate as your feat. Your spell focus looks suspiciously like a microphone and the cleric cantrip Thaumaturgy gives you the ability to amplify your voice up to three times as loud as normal.
But one thing you'll want to do for a talky character like this is prepare in advance. I played an eldritch knight with the soul of a poet. He didn't spout poetry, but he would wax eloquent about his past and his love of life. I could drop speeches in at the drop of a hat because I used google to find some things I liked that I could quickly alter to fit the situation. I did the same with a wizard I played in a game with Jabes. He had 19 intelligence and 4 wisdom. Every once in a while, something would spark his intellect and he would spout off scientific concepts he shouldn't know, like he was channeling a different entity. I didn't know the science other than what I had looked up and had ready in advance. I had fun with that wizard (especially when I had him spout off an altered version of Shakespeare's St. Crispin's Day speech right before a duel), but unfortunately the DM kind of faded away on that one right in the middle of a combat.
Anyway, I think it boils down to this: you can be any kind of bard you want. They're very versatile. The way I've seen you play here, I would recommend a bard who will lead in the RP segments of the game and who will step back to provide support during combat. Someone who bolsters morale and provides words of wisdom. Don't be afraid to crib poetry and speeches you find on the internet (changing it to suit your situation). And Youtube can provide a plethora of links to music, like this ribald little ditty my cleric/bard used to entertain and heal the PCs during a short rest.
Other than that game, the last time I played a bard was back in the AD&D days, and that bard was vastly different than the one today. You could say that Kit is a bard in all but name. This doesn't apply to all bards, but I would say a traditional bard is someone who is flamboyant and probably a show-off. Loves poetry and music. Think of yourself more as support and a morale booster than a frontline combatant. Bards are typically charming and perhaps a little too desirous of adulation. I think, Starrbeardo, that you seem to have a knack for falling into a leadership role. This works well with a bard in towns and social situations, not so much in dungeon crawls. But a bard who can step back and assess the situation and be able to direct and boost your comrades in battle can be very valuable.
Now if you're talking more non-traditional, you could use the bard mechanics and reflavor everything else. I would recommend checking with your DM first, though. I don't know that I've had a DM on GamersPlane who would object, but you never know when you might be dealing with a traditionalist. If you're following a non-traditional path, you could have a half-orc who beats on a drum and spouts horrid spoken-word. You could have a bard who doesn't play an instrument at all, but is basically a stand-up comedian (what is Vicious Mockery but a magical way to deal with hecklers?). Use the human variant and take Magic Initiate as your feat. Your spell focus looks suspiciously like a microphone and the cleric cantrip Thaumaturgy gives you the ability to amplify your voice up to three times as loud as normal.
But one thing you'll want to do for a talky character like this is prepare in advance. I played an eldritch knight with the soul of a poet. He didn't spout poetry, but he would wax eloquent about his past and his love of life. I could drop speeches in at the drop of a hat because I used google to find some things I liked that I could quickly alter to fit the situation. I did the same with a wizard I played in a game with Jabes. He had 19 intelligence and 4 wisdom. Every once in a while, something would spark his intellect and he would spout off scientific concepts he shouldn't know, like he was channeling a different entity. I didn't know the science other than what I had looked up and had ready in advance. I had fun with that wizard (especially when I had him spout off an altered version of Shakespeare's St. Crispin's Day speech right before a duel), but unfortunately the DM kind of faded away on that one right in the middle of a combat.
Anyway, I think it boils down to this: you can be any kind of bard you want. They're very versatile. The way I've seen you play here, I would recommend a bard who will lead in the RP segments of the game and who will step back to provide support during combat. Someone who bolsters morale and provides words of wisdom. Don't be afraid to crib poetry and speeches you find on the internet (changing it to suit your situation). And Youtube can provide a plethora of links to music, like this ribald little ditty my cleric/bard used to entertain and heal the PCs during a short rest.
Feb 20, 2018 4:15 pm
McDunno says:
Anyway, I think it boils down to this: you can be any kind of bard you want.On the flip side, you could go in without preparing any material or quotes or songs. One day, I'll get around to playing my ideal bard, and its more like a psychic warrior who projects her emotions, which are experienced as song by those around her. When she performs, there is no instrument, but you hear a symphony in your mind. At higher levels, she could make people feel the depths of despair or the very pinnacle of joy. And when she is mad, look out. A whole city would quake with her wrath.
But, I haven't found the right game for her yet. I almost made her for Jabes' game but there were already so many charisma based characters in there so I went the total opposite direction, and I am super happy with it.
Feb 20, 2018 4:29 pm
Starrbeardo, are you feeling a bit restrained by your fighter's narrow/focused range of abilities? Next time we level up, which should be after the Lonely Tower (if you survive), you might consider becoming an Eldritch Knight. It is a fighter specialization that involves getting a smattering of magical spells and abilities.
You might also consider taking a level in a more magical class. Perhaps your religious experience is starting to rub off. Based on your current stats you would only qualify for Wizard, but we could rearrange those numbers to make a more suitable change. You would need a 13 in Wisdom to add a level of Cleric or Druid, or a 13 in Charisma to go Bard, Warlock, Paladin, or Sorcerer. I won't go into more detail because if that's not in the cards then I won't bore you with the details!
You might also consider taking a level in a more magical class. Perhaps your religious experience is starting to rub off. Based on your current stats you would only qualify for Wizard, but we could rearrange those numbers to make a more suitable change. You would need a 13 in Wisdom to add a level of Cleric or Druid, or a 13 in Charisma to go Bard, Warlock, Paladin, or Sorcerer. I won't go into more detail because if that's not in the cards then I won't bore you with the details!
Feb 20, 2018 4:44 pm
lenpelletier says:
One day, I'll get around to playing my ideal bard, and its more like a psychic warrior who projects her emotions, which are experienced as song by those around her. When she performs, there is no instrument, but you hear a symphony in your mind. At higher levels, she could make people feel the depths of despair or the very pinnacle of joy. And when she is mad, look out. A whole city would quake with her wrath.Last edited February 20, 2018 4:49 pm
Feb 20, 2018 4:48 pm
lenpelletier says:
Starrbeardo, are you feeling a bit restrained by your fighter's narrow/focused range of abilities? Next time we level up, which should be after the Lonely Tower (if you survive), you might consider becoming an Eldritch Knight. It is a fighter specialization that involves getting a smattering of magical spells and abilities. You might also consider taking a level in a more magical class. Perhaps your religious experience is starting to rub off. Based on your current stats you would only qualify for Wizard, but we could rearrange those numbers to make a more suitable change. You would need a 13 in Wisdom to add a level of Cleric or Druid, or a 13 in Charisma to go Bard, Warlock, Paladin, or Sorcerer. I won't go into more detail because if that's not in the cards then I won't bore you with the details!
Feb 20, 2018 4:52 pm
lenpelletier says:
On the flip side, you could go in without preparing any material or quotes or songs.Feb 20, 2018 5:14 pm
McDunno says:
A problem I foresee with Barendd multiclassing is that he's a two-weapon fighter and wouldn't be able to cast spells with both weapons in hand. If he takes the eldritch knight path, he would only be hampered for one level since he would be able to take the War Caster feat at 4th level.Feb 20, 2018 9:46 pm
I don't feel particularly constrained as a fighter, especially with the criminal background it means i can do more than just smash things, bard is just a class that wasn't chosen for this campaign so I wanted to know if their were any iterations I could look at. The only character idea I have right now that I think would be fun to play would be a monk or some other type of unarmed fighter that has a high charisma to roleplay as a professional wrestler type character. I read a thread somewhere of someone who played as a luchador and it sounded like a blast.
Feb 22, 2018 4:58 am
Hey everyone, today was a zero post day from everybody. How can I help you move forward? There was talk about bringing Red Beard and Skeetz along which is now being debate, and talk about scouting out the Lonely Tower. Make a decision and move forward :)
Feb 22, 2018 2:41 pm
I think the group feels very untrustworthy of the bandits now, so asking them for scouting advice and the such might not be too believable. If yall agree, maybe we continue with bringing them along and act cautiously towards them?
Feb 22, 2018 2:53 pm
G3rmanicus says:
I think the group feels very untrustworthy of the bandits now, so asking them for scouting advice and the such might not be too believable. If yall agree, maybe we continue with bringing them along and act cautiously towards them?Feb 23, 2018 2:38 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Torden doesn't like any of this one bit but he stays loose, silently puffing on his pipe, his hand on Sormbreaker's handle. If either of these fools try anything he will literally bring the hammer down.Mar 11, 2018 3:44 pm
Quote:
Since G3rmanicus has been inactive for 15 days I assume he is not coming back. If by some miracle G3rmanicus appears before Monday I'll let him roll death saving throws, otherwise Iman will conveniently die.Mar 12, 2018 6:40 am
Dammit! Hoping to end this fight quickly, I went all-in with that Thunderwave, didn't think they'd make their damn saves. What a waste! And this isn't even the boss fight yet!
Mar 14, 2018 7:03 pm
Quote:
@Jabes: Unfortunately Wrath of the Storm does not affect everyone who attacks you in the round, just counterattacks against a single, specific attack. I'll use your first damage roll and target N1, but feel free to do it to N2 instead.Mar 17, 2018 4:04 am
From the look of the map, can't we just push N2 down the hole? He's right at it's edge, we can totally pull a King Leonidas. How deep is it?
Oh and here is the map, I bookmarked it in case I was too lazy to search which post it was in.
Oh and here is the map, I bookmarked it in case I was too lazy to search which post it was in.
Last edited March 17, 2018 4:06 am
Mar 17, 2018 4:13 am
King Leonidas was strong. Pageflap and Kit are not. The pusher has to roll a strength check contested by the pushee's strength or dex check. Barendd could do it, but he would have to risk an attack of opportunity.
Mar 17, 2018 4:15 am
Although I just checked our new cleric. Torden could do it. I don't know if you can use the help action. The shove is an attack action, so I would imagine so.
Mar 17, 2018 7:00 am
I agree with Jacketch -using the hole is a good plan. Even with the Night Blade's +2 vs. Kit's +0, that's still a 40% chance of eliminating a guy in 1 action. And you can easily get a better than 50% chance if you get advantage through Tides of Chaos or Pageflap's familiar or something.
If Torden was still up (I believe he went down last attack), he could try to Thunderwave again and try to knock 2 or 3 guys into the hole. Would require surviving an OA, unless N2 was dealt with.
There are other battlefield features too. What could you do with the Tangleweed outside? What could you do with the staircase? What could you do with the crumbling stone statue? rWhat could you do with Strangleberries the giant plant monster?
I'm not sure if there is still time to use those features now, honestly. Might just be hoping on a high roll on a sleep spell or something like that.
If Torden was still up (I believe he went down last attack), he could try to Thunderwave again and try to knock 2 or 3 guys into the hole. Would require surviving an OA, unless N2 was dealt with.
There are other battlefield features too. What could you do with the Tangleweed outside? What could you do with the staircase? What could you do with the crumbling stone statue? rWhat could you do with Strangleberries the giant plant monster?
I'm not sure if there is still time to use those features now, honestly. Might just be hoping on a high roll on a sleep spell or something like that.
Mar 19, 2018 5:57 am
Welp, looks like this is going to end in the demise of the party.
Failure is not the end of the game in D&D, however. If we want to continue, we can decide what goes down. My preference would be for the Night Blades to take the party prisoner rather than having killed them. There is precedence in the story that Red Beard thought that your characters had valuable information. This is known as "failing forward" and happens in movies all the time - the plot advances despite the heroes failing. There will be in-world consequences of course. Your characters could wake up in the Lonely Tower's dungeon and have to figure out a way to escape. You might be joined by new party members to replace Iman and Aegar.
However, a total party kill can be a fairly big emotional downbeat and people might be less enthusiastic to continue. Perhaps this is a good place to end this story and move forward with new stories.
How do people want to deal with this?
Failure is not the end of the game in D&D, however. If we want to continue, we can decide what goes down. My preference would be for the Night Blades to take the party prisoner rather than having killed them. There is precedence in the story that Red Beard thought that your characters had valuable information. This is known as "failing forward" and happens in movies all the time - the plot advances despite the heroes failing. There will be in-world consequences of course. Your characters could wake up in the Lonely Tower's dungeon and have to figure out a way to escape. You might be joined by new party members to replace Iman and Aegar.
However, a total party kill can be a fairly big emotional downbeat and people might be less enthusiastic to continue. Perhaps this is a good place to end this story and move forward with new stories.
How do people want to deal with this?
Mar 19, 2018 6:03 am
Part of me doesn't want Pageflap dead and wants to keep going forward, but I'm not sure how often this kind of thing will happen. Is it normal for bandits to attack twice per turn and have advantage in every attack? Or was it because it was a fight made for 6 people but we only had 4?
Last edited March 19, 2018 6:08 am
Mar 19, 2018 6:48 am
The Night Blades used the "Thug" monster stats. As the link mentions, they are considered a challenge rating 0.5 creature.
Five 0.5 CR creatures is considered a deadly fight, but just barely, for five level 2 characters. You also had Red Beard on your side, so it should have evened things out to make it hard but fair. So I would say yes, this is normal. A big disparity in the quality of rolls on each side tilted the scales, but some more involved planning on everyone's behalf would have given the party a better advantage from the outset.
Five 0.5 CR creatures is considered a deadly fight, but just barely, for five level 2 characters. You also had Red Beard on your side, so it should have evened things out to make it hard but fair. So I would say yes, this is normal. A big disparity in the quality of rolls on each side tilted the scales, but some more involved planning on everyone's behalf would have given the party a better advantage from the outset.
Mar 19, 2018 7:23 am
Yikes. I'm cool with failing forward with Barendd if need be. Would it be possible for me to roll a new character within this arc though? I really like this story, and I liked using Barendd to learn, but I'd like to give a different character a shot if possible.
Last edited March 19, 2018 7:23 am
Mar 19, 2018 3:04 pm
Yeah, or rolls have been bad recently. I'd like to fall forward, meeting new party members would be great too.
Mar 19, 2018 3:12 pm
I'm okay with whatever. I'm confident it'll continue to be fun, regardless. :-)
Mar 19, 2018 3:27 pm
lenpelletier says:
A big disparity in the quality of rolls on each side tilted the scales, but some more involved planning on everyone's behalf would have given the party a better advantage from the outset.Mar 19, 2018 3:32 pm
McDunno says:
You mean like not posing as prisoners with battle axes and halberds strapped to backs?Mar 20, 2018 5:54 am
Yes, Starrbeardo you can roll up a new character and lead the rescue mission. Anyone else want to build a new character?
I do have a few concerns before continuing.
First, post frequency has fallen a lot. We need to bring that up to the original 1 post per weekday per player.
Second, everyone has graduated from being a beginner now. Everyone is an equal player. For veterans, don't worry about stealing the spotlight. For newer players, your ideas have been as good and sometimes better - your fresh perspective and creativity is valuable. Jacketch and Starrbeardo, your RP is on point, as good as anyone on this group.
Let's regroup and come back with everyone on their A game, me especially. I've put in less and less work into this game as participation has waned, but I think the current core group is a solid foundation.
I do have a few concerns before continuing.
First, post frequency has fallen a lot. We need to bring that up to the original 1 post per weekday per player.
Second, everyone has graduated from being a beginner now. Everyone is an equal player. For veterans, don't worry about stealing the spotlight. For newer players, your ideas have been as good and sometimes better - your fresh perspective and creativity is valuable. Jacketch and Starrbeardo, your RP is on point, as good as anyone on this group.
Let's regroup and come back with everyone on their A game, me especially. I've put in less and less work into this game as participation has waned, but I think the current core group is a solid foundation.
Mar 20, 2018 6:08 am
First order of business: people learn as much, or more, from failures as mistakes. Characters are now level three. Feels free to ask leveling questions in this thread.
Second: we are going on a short hiatus to fill those 2 player slots. Thanks for your patience.
Second: we are going on a short hiatus to fill those 2 player slots. Thanks for your patience.
Mar 20, 2018 6:16 am
Sweet I'm working on a dragon born paladin to let me access some magic but to also have some fighting capability. It will take me some time to get that together so the hiatus is great.
Mar 20, 2018 6:22 am
Awesome Starrbeardo. The Dragonborn is a very evocative race to play and paladin is one of their sweet spots. Let me know If you have questions!
Mar 21, 2018 1:23 pm
lenpelletier says:
For newer players, your ideas have been as good and sometimes better - your fresh perspective and creativity is valuable. Jacketch and Starrbeardo, your RP is on point, as good as anyone on this group.Mar 22, 2018 4:19 am
I posted an ad new adventurers!
Mar 22, 2018 4:23 am
@Starrbeardo: Sulprax is looking rad. Quick tip that is pretty inconsequential but might be worth considering:
Currently you have Str: 17(+3) and Cha: 15(+2). If you put your 14 in strength and 15 in charisma, then you'll end up with Str: 16(+3) and Cha 16(+3). That means all your charisma skills get a free +1 bonus, and future abilities / spells that key off of charisma will be a little stronger. Ultimately not a big deal.
Currently you have Str: 17(+3) and Cha: 15(+2). If you put your 14 in strength and 15 in charisma, then you'll end up with Str: 16(+3) and Cha 16(+3). That means all your charisma skills get a free +1 bonus, and future abilities / spells that key off of charisma will be a little stronger. Ultimately not a big deal.
Mar 22, 2018 5:50 am
No problem, Starrbeardo!
Hey folks, welcome our two new players, HypCo and Naatkinson! These guys along with Jabes really taught me the ropes about PbP gaming. Super good people.
Doing a few renovations on the game forums, adding some info forums to help HypCo and Naat catchup but also to help everyone to keep track of all the details. Stay tuned.
Hey folks, welcome our two new players, HypCo and Naatkinson! These guys along with Jabes really taught me the ropes about PbP gaming. Super good people.
Doing a few renovations on the game forums, adding some info forums to help HypCo and Naat catchup but also to help everyone to keep track of all the details. Stay tuned.
Mar 22, 2018 6:44 am
Hey everyone! Okay, so my idea for a character is a barbarian with serious anger issues and only likes one person.
Jokes aside, I need to peruse the books and sniff out a good one. What is the class line up looking like right now?
Jokes aside, I need to peruse the books and sniff out a good one. What is the class line up looking like right now?
Mar 22, 2018 6:47 am
I just rolled up a dranborn paladin
Jacketch has a kenku wizard
Jabes has a dwarf cleric
McDunno has a human multiclass of warlock and wizard I believe, who originally was specced out to be a grand thespian
Jacketch has a kenku wizard
Jabes has a dwarf cleric
McDunno has a human multiclass of warlock and wizard I believe, who originally was specced out to be a grand thespian
Mar 22, 2018 7:50 am
HypCo says:
Hey everyone! Okay, so my idea for a character is a barbarian with serious anger issues and only likes one person.Jokes aside, I need to peruse the books and sniff out a good one. What is the class line up looking like right now?
I think for this game we've established a pretty heroic tone. There are shades of gray in the world, but all of the characters currently clock in as good in the alignment spectrum.
Jabes has a tempest cleric who is mostly offense, not a healer type. Jacketch's wizard is well-rounded but squishy, McDunno's character is mostly utility/trickery now but getting meaner every level.
Starrbeardo is rolling up a Paladin to replace his fighter and will be part of the rescue along with Jacketch. Probably a tank class would be helpful but whatever you like really
Mar 22, 2018 5:18 pm
A welcome to the game to both HypCo and Naatkinson! Hope we all have fun together.
As for the level up, I'll be rolling for HP again. Pageflap's HP shall go up by this much...
Less than 4, but a lot better than 1.
As for the level up, I'll be rolling for HP again. Pageflap's HP shall go up by this much...
Less than 4, but a lot better than 1.
Last edited March 22, 2018 5:18 pm
Rolls
HP up by - (1d6+2)
(3) + 2 = 5
Mar 23, 2018 3:12 am
As posted to the Absences Thread:
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Going on a trip March 25-29. Posting will be spotty, and the game I DM will take priority over the two-dozen or so other games I'm involved in.Mar 25, 2018 8:11 pm
I know we're in a bit of a holding pattern right now, but Len will you be prompting the return to the game with the new characters and such or should we do it ourselves at some point?
Mar 25, 2018 9:20 pm
Thanks for asking Starrbeardo! I will prompt us to begin, starting a new thread. While we are waiting (probably wait until 30th for Jabes to return) I will give the relic hunter crew some writing prompts to help establish your history a bit, and include Jacketch to decide how he got the relic hunters to join him on the rescue mission. For McDunno and Jabes (however much he can participate) I will fill them in on what is happening as captives, give them some choices as well. There won't be much dice rolling during this time, just giving some history to the new characters and some idea about how the world has fared over our hiatus.
The game itself will restart pretty much right before the second attempt at taking the Lonely Tower.
The game itself will restart pretty much right before the second attempt at taking the Lonely Tower.
Mar 26, 2018 1:59 am
Hey guys, this is unrelated to this game at all, but per some previous advice I'd received on this board, I'd like to try my hand at DMing. I made a post to gauge interest, but I thought I would try here since I am most familiar with all of you to see if anyone here would like to give it a shot.
Mar 26, 2018 4:15 am
Thanks for the invite Starrbeardo! I've taken on 3 new games in the last month so I'm already over my head :) But, I wish you the best of luck. DMing can be super fun!
Mar 26, 2018 4:30 am
If it was 5e, I might of gobbled it up; I'm only just holding my head above water though, I'd sink if I tried to pick up a new system.
@Len, do you have XGtE?
@Len, do you have XGtE?
Mar 26, 2018 4:59 am
Perhaps, the Fighter Archetype: Arcane Archer but all of its skills, as RAW, say arrow. I'm I looking into it too much or is the class only limited to arrows?
Mar 26, 2018 5:01 am
New players and old players, check out The Story Thus Far, Maps, and NPCs to get up to speed with has been happening in this game so far.
Mar 26, 2018 5:04 am
HypCo says:
Perhaps, the Fighter Archetype: Arcane Archer but all of its skills, as RAW, say arrow. I'm I looking into it too much or is the class only limited to arrows?Mar 26, 2018 8:01 am
Okay, Len, I think I finally landed at something that I feel good about with the backstory I created prior. I'll have him up shortly.
Rolls
Also money roll. - (5d4)
(22223) = 11
Mar 30, 2018 11:50 pm
My daughter's spring break starts, so I'm probably going to be pretty spotty posting for the next week.
Mar 31, 2018 5:59 am
Folks, I'm going to start turning the crank and get things started up again. Over the next couple of days, I'll be posting some background details and give you guys a starting place.
There's going to be 2 groups: Kit and Torden are prisoners within the Lonely Tower and Pageflap is leading the rescue from the outside with the Relic Hunters: Sulprax the Dragonborn Paladin, Ander the Halfling Beast Master, and Ryvid the human slinger.
KIT AND TORDEN
McDunno has already suggested that he's been using his excellent people skills to be making friends from the inside. Originally this was going to involve the Night Blades but given that he'll be spotty for the next week, I think we'll make this about organizing other prisoners
Neither Kit nor Torden will have any of their gear at the beginning of this break, but will be at full health, full spell slots, full hit dice. To save time, you might want to consider your AC and damage sans items as well as think about how to use your spell resources best. Actually, you won't be able to cast spells until you get access to your arcane and divine foci.
We will abstract the other prisoners rather than run them individually. They will take hits for you when you get hit, and give you bonus damage when you hit.
ANDER, PAGEFLAP, RYVID, and SULPRAX
We'll do a short introduction of what has transpired to get the characters to the present moment, but we will cut right to the chase and do the majority of the introduction through battle. My plan is to have your characters ambush a Night Blade supply wagon on route to the Lonely Tower on a narrow pass. You will have free reign to define battlefield features to represent the care your characters took in choosing this ambush location, so think up some fun stuff that ties in with your character :)
I still have to define the magic weapons for Ander and Ryvid. Any suggestions or wishes?
There's going to be 2 groups: Kit and Torden are prisoners within the Lonely Tower and Pageflap is leading the rescue from the outside with the Relic Hunters: Sulprax the Dragonborn Paladin, Ander the Halfling Beast Master, and Ryvid the human slinger.
KIT AND TORDEN
McDunno has already suggested that he's been using his excellent people skills to be making friends from the inside. Originally this was going to involve the Night Blades but given that he'll be spotty for the next week, I think we'll make this about organizing other prisoners
Neither Kit nor Torden will have any of their gear at the beginning of this break, but will be at full health, full spell slots, full hit dice. To save time, you might want to consider your AC and damage sans items as well as think about how to use your spell resources best. Actually, you won't be able to cast spells until you get access to your arcane and divine foci.
We will abstract the other prisoners rather than run them individually. They will take hits for you when you get hit, and give you bonus damage when you hit.
ANDER, PAGEFLAP, RYVID, and SULPRAX
We'll do a short introduction of what has transpired to get the characters to the present moment, but we will cut right to the chase and do the majority of the introduction through battle. My plan is to have your characters ambush a Night Blade supply wagon on route to the Lonely Tower on a narrow pass. You will have free reign to define battlefield features to represent the care your characters took in choosing this ambush location, so think up some fun stuff that ties in with your character :)
I still have to define the magic weapons for Ander and Ryvid. Any suggestions or wishes?
Apr 1, 2018 4:47 am
lenpelletier says:
...I still have to define the magic weapons for Ander and Ryvid. Any suggestions or wishes?Apr 1, 2018 7:47 am
Here's one I came up with:
The Sling of Solomon
Weapon (sling), uncommon (requires attunement)
This weapon grants the bearer an additional number of superiority dice equal to their wisdom modifier (minimum 1). These superiority dice are d4s can only be used with The Sling of Solomon.
You can choose to deal nonlethal damage when making ranged weapon attacks with this weapon.
The Sling of Solomon
Weapon (sling), uncommon (requires attunement)
This weapon grants the bearer an additional number of superiority dice equal to their wisdom modifier (minimum 1). These superiority dice are d4s can only be used with The Sling of Solomon.
You can choose to deal nonlethal damage when making ranged weapon attacks with this weapon.
Apr 1, 2018 5:47 pm
Oooh, I like it.
Would I be able to swap my Con and Wis?
Would I be able to swap my Con and Wis?
[ +- ] or add any of these?
1. When you hit a creature with this weapon, the ground beneath binds to its feet, slowing its speed by 5 feet until the end of its next turn. This has no effect on creatures that are flying or swimming.
2. The weapon contains a pool of healing energy that can restore up to 30 hp. The bearer may use an action to plant this weapon in the ground and release this energy. While planted and undepleted, creatures that end their turn within 10 feet of the weapon are showered in warm rain that restores 1 hp per round. A long rest restores 1d6 hp of energy to the weapon's pool.
3. When the bearer hits a creature with this weapon, they may deal their proficiency bonus in acid damage to a different creature within 5 feet of the target.
4. The bearer may use this weapon to make colored marks on any surface. The marks will fade away in 24 hours.
5. Wounds inflicted with this weapon cause no pain.
2. The weapon contains a pool of healing energy that can restore up to 30 hp. The bearer may use an action to plant this weapon in the ground and release this energy. While planted and undepleted, creatures that end their turn within 10 feet of the weapon are showered in warm rain that restores 1 hp per round. A long rest restores 1d6 hp of energy to the weapon's pool.
3. When the bearer hits a creature with this weapon, they may deal their proficiency bonus in acid damage to a different creature within 5 feet of the target.
4. The bearer may use this weapon to make colored marks on any surface. The marks will fade away in 24 hours.
5. Wounds inflicted with this weapon cause no pain.
Apr 3, 2018 3:48 am
I'm glad you like it. Go ahead and switch wis and con if you like. I feel like this item is the most powerful I've given out in this game so far. But, I also recognize that you have chosen a sling instead of a longbow which would have had significantly more damage and range, so I want you to have a badass sling to enable you to do the things you want this character to do.
I'll be happy to give it the additional property: You can choose to deal nonlethal damage when making ranged weapon attacks with this weapon. (normally you can only do nonlethal on melee weapon attacks).
I'll be happy to give it the additional property: You can choose to deal nonlethal damage when making ranged weapon attacks with this weapon. (normally you can only do nonlethal on melee weapon attacks).
Apr 3, 2018 5:47 am
Hey Naatkinson, I've noticed that the new Ranger archetypes in XGtE all get extra spells that align with the flavour of the archetype. I did some digging and the D&D designer Dan Dillon - biggest defender of the beast master I know - suggests doing the same for the PHB Rangers.
You learn the following spells at these levels. They do not count toward the number of spells your character knows.
3rd: Animal Friendship
5th: Beast Sense
9th: Conjure Animals
13th: Dominate Beast
17th: Awaken
Since you have already selected Animal Friendship you can pick another spell!
Also, Ander's magic weapon (feedback appreciated):
Snapjaw
Weapon (short sword), uncommon (requires attunement)
When the bearer makes a successful melee attack with this weapon, your beast may use a bonus action to make an attack against the same creature. You may use this feature a number of time equals to your ranger level divided by 2 per long rest.
You learn the following spells at these levels. They do not count toward the number of spells your character knows.
3rd: Animal Friendship
5th: Beast Sense
9th: Conjure Animals
13th: Dominate Beast
17th: Awaken
Since you have already selected Animal Friendship you can pick another spell!
Also, Ander's magic weapon (feedback appreciated):
Snapjaw
Weapon (short sword), uncommon (requires attunement)
When the bearer makes a successful melee attack with this weapon, your beast may use a bonus action to make an attack against the same creature. You may use this feature a number of time equals to your ranger level divided by 2 per long rest.
Apr 3, 2018 5:49 am
Hey all, we will get started with the wagon ambush scene tomorrow with Jacketch, Starrbeardo, HypCo, and Naatkinson. Looks like Jabes isn't back yet and McDunno is out for awhile, and we'll start their scene when they are ready.
Apr 3, 2018 8:42 am
Okay, went ahead with the switch. I believe I hit everything that changed but if you notice something I missed, tell me. Thank you. Maybe I was spoiled by your site with them having two attributes but you hit the target perfectly. I was looking for something that didn't add much but was still a fun little bonus.
Also, so I don't make the mistake during the game, are we starting with these or gaining them later?
Also, so I don't make the mistake during the game, are we starting with these or gaining them later?
Apr 3, 2018 6:34 pm
lenpelletier says:
Hey Naatkinson, I've noticed that the new Ranger archetypes in XGtE all get extra spells that align with the flavour of the archetype. I did some digging and the D&D designer Dan Dillon - biggest defender of the beast master I know - suggests doing the same for the PHB Rangers. You learn the following spells at these levels. They do not count toward the number of spells your character knows.
3rd: Animal Friendship
5th: Beast Sense
9th: Conjure Animals
13th: Dominate Beast
17th: Awaken
Since you have already selected Animal Friendship you can pick another spell!
Also, Ander's magic weapon (feedback appreciated):
Snapjaw
Weapon (short sword), uncommon (requires attunement)
When the bearer makes a successful melee attack with this weapon, your beast may use a bonus action to make an attack against the same creature. You may use this feature a number of time equals to your ranger level divided by 2 per long rest.
So, for the weapon, I'm slightly confused because my beast doesn't get ANY actions at all unless I tell it to take one as my action, so having this use the beast's bonus action vs regular action doesn't really make a difference.
Though at level 5, I guess I could have it attack, me attack, and then it uses its bonus action for another attack... Hmm... I see possibilities! Ignore my previous critique
I'm definitely not going to turn down a magical weapon, but I wanted to point out that I'm mainly an archer. I plan on using both melee and my bow, but the archery is definitely my top choice. Once again, it doesn't matter much to me at all, but I just wanted to make sure you were aware of that :)
EDIT: Other than that stuff, I'll think on it and see if I have any other critiques. On first look I like it, though.
Last edited April 3, 2018 6:36 pm
Apr 3, 2018 8:39 pm
I think I'll switch it up to a ranged magic weapon, but I'd like to discuss your critique because talking rules with Naat is fun:
So, for the weapon, I'm slightly confused because my beast doesn't get ANY actions at all unless I tell it to take one as my action, so having this use the beast's bonus action vs regular action doesn't really make a difference.The wording might need some work, but the idea is that, just like you can take an action to grant your animal companion an action, attacking with the magic weapon grants your beast a bonus action. I believe this works at level 3 ... you use your action to attack, and then the wolf is granted a bonus action to attack. After all, you can use a bonus action without using an action. For example, you can cast 'Healing Word' without taking an action.
And like you mentioned, I decided to grant a bonus action so that at level five you can get your beast to attack twice and still attack.
Does any of that not jive? Maybe the wording is off? No rush on responding, this is just fun theory crafting between nerds.
Sure, let's make it a ranged weapon. Let's just give you a quarrel of five +1 arrows for now, and we will either retcon it or find something later on. I want to get this scene started! Feel free to toss some suggestions my way.
Naatkinson says:
So, for the weapon, I'm slightly confused because my beast doesn't get ANY actions at all unless I tell it to take one as my action, so having this use the beast's bonus action vs regular action doesn't really make a difference.
And like you mentioned, I decided to grant a bonus action so that at level five you can get your beast to attack twice and still attack.
Does any of that not jive? Maybe the wording is off? No rush on responding, this is just fun theory crafting between nerds.
Quote:
I'm definitely not going to turn down a magical weapon, but I wanted to point out that I'm mainly an archer. I plan on using both melee and my bow, but the archery is definitely my top choice. Once again, it doesn't matter much to me at all, but I just wanted to make sure you were aware of that :)Apr 3, 2018 8:40 pm
HypCo says:
Okay, went ahead with the switch. I believe I hit everything that changed but if you notice something I missed, tell me. Thank you. Maybe I was spoiled by your site with them having two attributes but you hit the target perfectly. I was looking for something that didn't add much but was still a fun little bonus.Also, so I don't make the mistake during the game, are we starting with these or gaining them later?
Apr 3, 2018 8:59 pm
lenpelletier says:
I think I'll switch it up to a ranged magic weapon, but I'd like to discuss your critique because talking rules with Naat is fun:Naatkinson says:
So, for the weapon, I'm slightly confused because my beast doesn't get ANY actions at all unless I tell it to take one as my action, so having this use the beast's bonus action vs regular action doesn't really make a difference.
And like you mentioned, I decided to grant a bonus action so that at level five you can get your beast to attack twice and still attack.
Does any of that not jive? Maybe the wording is off? No rush on responding, this is just fun theory crafting between nerds.
Quote:
I'm definitely not going to turn down a magical weapon, but I wanted to point out that I'm mainly an archer. I plan on using both melee and my bow, but the archery is definitely my top choice. Once again, it doesn't matter much to me at all, but I just wanted to make sure you were aware of that :)I'll do some thinking on a ranged weapon and get back to you. Ideally, it would also jive with my pet like the sword did
I wouldn't mind having the sword on top of a bow ;)
Apr 3, 2018 10:03 pm
Okay, threads up for those involved in the ambush! Jabes and McDunno, let me know when you're available and we'll get the Lonely Tower scene started too.
It's been awhile since I've done pure theatre of the mind, so if something doesn't make sense in the battlefield layout, just ask :)
It's been awhile since I've done pure theatre of the mind, so if something doesn't make sense in the battlefield layout, just ask :)
Apr 3, 2018 10:24 pm
I'm around and checking in, but doing more than dice rolling is a little difficult. If you have something you want me to start working on, I can probably get back to you in a day or two. By the way, I was looking at Kit's spell list. Quite a few of his spells require no material component, and most of the ones that do are pretty mundane, like a bit of fleece or make-up, a drop of water, a pinch of fine sand.
Apr 3, 2018 10:32 pm
Quickly dropping in to mention players can take their turns in any order in this fight :) I'll get back to you tonight McDunno!
Apr 3, 2018 11:59 pm
Haven't gotten around to writing it down on my character sheet, but Pageflap learned flaming sphere and scorching Ray in the past weeks.
Apr 5, 2018 5:12 am
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
Oh damn, quoting dead party members while striking their murderer with deadly magic is worth INSPIRATION! While you have inspiration you can give yourself advantage on any single d20 roll.Quote:
OOC:
Edit: you can hit Skeetz without hitting the horses but he is prone, so ranged attacks have disadvantage. Probably safer to hit the back rowApr 5, 2018 5:17 am
Sorry folks, got hit hard with surprises at work today. Still sorting it out tonight. Will try to post asap.
Apr 5, 2018 5:50 pm
Hey Starrbeardo, thread is unlocked now :) I just wanted to process all the actions that had happened before taking in any more. Love Sulprax's vocalizations by the way! I like how you always put some thought into how your character's race informs how you play them. INSPIRATION GRANTED!
Apr 5, 2018 5:51 pm
And thanks everyone for waiting for me yesterday. Taking the day off sick, gonna catch up a bit on some rest now. Will try to post soon :)
Apr 6, 2018 5:31 am
lenpelletier says:
2. Night Blade C ... AC: 11; 11 damageI'm not sure which of the night blades killed Ander's wolf so I don't exactly know who's attacking who. I'll try posting tomorrow once I have a clearer picture, I think there may be one left now?
Also, I am interested in hearing about these three new party members' back stories! I don't think anyone has posted them yet, unless they haven't told Pageflap yet.
Apr 6, 2018 6:10 am
Yeah you are right Pageflap. I think it works out to the same kill count, just more overkill damage.
There's just one left, the one that killed Canthus, who looks like he's about to run.
There's just one left, the one that killed Canthus, who looks like he's about to run.
Apr 6, 2018 6:13 am
Being that Pageflap is the only one who's interacted with the Night blades before I think it's important for him to decide if we capture the last one or avenge Canthus.
Apr 6, 2018 6:29 am
I definitely look forward to seeing these characters to interact and learn more about each others' stories!
McDunno, looks like this fight is going to be over way earlier than you and Jabes are going to be back in the game. Shall we handle your escape narratively? How much posting time do you have? If you have time and desire to craft that, I'd be happy to hand over narrative control to you to explain how you charmed and magicked your way out of jail, and I'll fill in some specifics after the fact.
If you don't have much time, I can do the honours.
McDunno, looks like this fight is going to be over way earlier than you and Jabes are going to be back in the game. Shall we handle your escape narratively? How much posting time do you have? If you have time and desire to craft that, I'd be happy to hand over narrative control to you to explain how you charmed and magicked your way out of jail, and I'll fill in some specifics after the fact.
If you don't have much time, I can do the honours.
Apr 6, 2018 6:29 am
Starrbeardo says:
Being that Pageflap is the only one who's interacted with the Night blades before I think it's important for him to decide if we capture the last one or avenge Canthus.Apr 6, 2018 3:31 pm
Gonna go for a capture. We can try and get information while we wait for Jabes and McDunno to be able to start their scenes, and Pageflap's group haven't heard any of the rumors the prison group would have heard.
There's no way Pageflap's bringing the NightBlade along afterwards, though.
Also, we can declare an attack to be non-lethal, can't we? I was 25% sure the sheet throw was not gonna do max damage. Should it have been done with disadvantage?
There's no way Pageflap's bringing the NightBlade along afterwards, though.
Also, we can declare an attack to be non-lethal, can't we? I was 25% sure the sheet throw was not gonna do max damage. Should it have been done with disadvantage?
Last edited April 6, 2018 3:35 pm
Apr 6, 2018 3:39 pm
Jacketch says:
Gonna go for a capture. We can try and get information while we wait for Jabes and McDunno to be able to start their scenes, and Pageflap's group haven't heard any of the rumors the prison group would have heard.There's no way Pageflap's bringing the NightBlade along afterwards, though.
Also, we can declare an attack to be non-lethal, can't we? I was 25% sure the sheet throw was not gonna do max damage. Should it have been done with disadvantage?
Apr 6, 2018 4:34 pm
@Jacketch & Naatkinson: Naat's right, ranged attacks aren't supposed to be able to do nonlethal. Ryvid's sling can do it as a magical property, however, so there's almost zero chance of him getting away.
McDunno and Jabes' scene was meant to happen in parallel with this one but I'm not going to sweat it. When this combat is over, we'll keep this scene moving forward in whatever direction Jacketch, HypCo, Naat, and Starrbeardo want to take it. I'm guessing you're going to get some information out of your captive and then head up to the Lonely Tower with whatever strategy you want to use. Of course, the world is always open to explore as you see fit.
McDunno might have time to come up with a narrative description on how his scene unfolded. I think that will turn out great given how good a writer McDunno is. At worst, if time does not permit him to finish, the rest of the party will just roll forward and attempt the rescue with what they have at their disposal - or go down the alternative road they choose. We'll meet in the middle somewhere!
McDunno and Jabes' scene was meant to happen in parallel with this one but I'm not going to sweat it. When this combat is over, we'll keep this scene moving forward in whatever direction Jacketch, HypCo, Naat, and Starrbeardo want to take it. I'm guessing you're going to get some information out of your captive and then head up to the Lonely Tower with whatever strategy you want to use. Of course, the world is always open to explore as you see fit.
McDunno might have time to come up with a narrative description on how his scene unfolded. I think that will turn out great given how good a writer McDunno is. At worst, if time does not permit him to finish, the rest of the party will just roll forward and attempt the rescue with what they have at their disposal - or go down the alternative road they choose. We'll meet in the middle somewhere!
Apr 7, 2018 7:53 pm
So what kind of stuff did Pageflap find on the bodies? Weapons, money, et cetera?
Apr 9, 2018 9:20 pm
HypCo, I wanted to give a shoutout to your character too. 'The Shepherd' is a really interesting cultural trope to play with and I like his religious nature. I can't find any notes on his backstory - did you post it? Glad the 'Sling of Solomon' has a bit of a biblical feel to it, Ryvid definitely feels very old testament, a man of unwavering faith - which can make for a dangerous character and lots of fun role play. Do you need any support from me regarding the religion and cosmology of the setting? I'm pretty cool with adopting your ideas into the cosmology, but a few things are set in stone.
I remember reading that the sling, when loaded with particularly dense rocks and in the hands of a skilled slinger, has a stopping power on par with modern military service pistols.
I remember reading that the sling, when loaded with particularly dense rocks and in the hands of a skilled slinger, has a stopping power on par with modern military service pistols.
Apr 10, 2018 10:44 am
Hi everyone! First of all I'd like to apologize for my two-week absence. I'm back with some sad news (sad for me anyhow).
The day I was hoping would never come has arrived: Due to recent changes in my life (some good, others not so much) I am going to be forced to drastically cut back on my game involvement: I am currently involved in over two-dozen games on GP, and I intend to cut halve that or worse). For now, this paring down doesn't include withdrawing from this game. Though if I find myself still struggling I may make more sacrifices in the future. Keeping my fingers crossed that I can continue here.
Thanks!
1. You have managed to procure or create weapons from your surroundings. What are they and how did you do it?
2. You have managed to figure a way to get passed the locked gate. Describe how.
Once those questions are in place, the prison escape can begin.1. Maybe Torden and the miners (with Ralavaz' thief skills and Kit running interference whenever needed) found a way to remove the manacles from the walls, making makeshift flails, or garrotes.
2. Shatter spell is all I've got. Ideally this would also take out the guards.
Am open to any ideas from McDunno. He's really good at creative solutions!
The day I was hoping would never come has arrived: Due to recent changes in my life (some good, others not so much) I am going to be forced to drastically cut back on my game involvement: I am currently involved in over two-dozen games on GP, and I intend to cut halve that or worse). For now, this paring down doesn't include withdrawing from this game. Though if I find myself still struggling I may make more sacrifices in the future. Keeping my fingers crossed that I can continue here.
Thanks!
Quote:
Answer these questions!1. You have managed to procure or create weapons from your surroundings. What are they and how did you do it?
2. You have managed to figure a way to get passed the locked gate. Describe how.
Once those questions are in place, the prison escape can begin.
2. Shatter spell is all I've got. Ideally this would also take out the guards.
Am open to any ideas from McDunno. He's really good at creative solutions!
Last edited April 10, 2018 12:22 pm
Apr 10, 2018 4:07 pm
Thanks for the update Jabes. Your scene mate, McDunno has likewise been away, so the game has proceeded without a hitch and nobody has felt like you've held up the game. McDunno has private messaged me some ideas.
Between McDunno and Jabes, I'll take those ideas and summarize what went down in the break from the Lonely Tower and we'll reunite with the party when they get to the Lonely Tower. I get the feeling you'll appreciate a bit of a soft start as you get caught up, and McDunno is in the same boat. If there is any feeling of disappointment in that decision, let me know. Likewise, if there is anything else you want to include in the scene, let me know.
Ultimatly, I'd like to get this game back in control of the players. Rather than throwing predetermined combats at you guys, or sticking you in jails and making you escape, I prefer to run a game more passively. I like to have the world respond to the players' actions rather than make the players respond to my actions. Sometimes the players have to respond to the world as a consequence to some action they took in the past, but that's still the players' doing. Ultimately, I want you guys to feel like you're in the driver's seat of this game, making choices that matter.
Between McDunno and Jabes, I'll take those ideas and summarize what went down in the break from the Lonely Tower and we'll reunite with the party when they get to the Lonely Tower. I get the feeling you'll appreciate a bit of a soft start as you get caught up, and McDunno is in the same boat. If there is any feeling of disappointment in that decision, let me know. Likewise, if there is anything else you want to include in the scene, let me know.
Ultimatly, I'd like to get this game back in control of the players. Rather than throwing predetermined combats at you guys, or sticking you in jails and making you escape, I prefer to run a game more passively. I like to have the world respond to the players' actions rather than make the players respond to my actions. Sometimes the players have to respond to the world as a consequence to some action they took in the past, but that's still the players' doing. Ultimately, I want you guys to feel like you're in the driver's seat of this game, making choices that matter.
Apr 10, 2018 4:53 pm
lenpelletier says:
HypCo, I wanted to give a shoutout to your character too. 'The Shepherd' is a really interesting cultural trope to play with and I like his religious nature. I can't find any notes on his backstory - did you post it? Glad the 'Sling of Solomon' has a bit of a biblical feel to it, Ryvid definitely feels very old testament, a man of unwavering faith - which can make for a dangerous character and lots of fun role play. Do you need any support from me regarding the religion and cosmology of the setting? I'm pretty cool with adopting your ideas into the cosmology, but a few things are set in stone.I remember reading that the sling, when loaded with particularly dense rocks and in the hands of a skilled slinger, has a stopping power on par with modern military service pistols.
Apr 10, 2018 5:11 pm
HypCo says:
I don't know what rating you have set for this game but let me know, I may have to omit some things if we're leaning on the more PC side.lenpelletier says:
The leader, Red Beard (N2), is bleeding heavily and makes his way to find cover, screaming "Yee haw! Fuck 'em Night Blades! Show these fuckers who's boss in these parts!".Apr 10, 2018 6:15 pm
HypCo, go ahead and post it when you have a chance. Folding knives now exist in the world, as does your religion. We can keep them exclusive to your religion or can be commonplace. The technology definitely can exist; this part of the world has been sliding into a dark age for awhile so they are problem not readily produced anymore. I think that will give it a bit of an allure.
The cosmology takes the standard D&D planes like the Feywild and Shadowfell and condenses them into the planet of Sorrow and its moons. Each moon represents a plane. Sorrow was once occupied by advanced civilization - think of the myth of Atlantis - but disaster fell and survivors fled to the various moons. Our story is set on the moon of Arkasia, which is basically a standard fantasy material plane. Travel between the moons still exists but is largely forgotten and is the stuff of myths and legends. Most people can barely remember the Arkasian Empire at its height, nevermind that of Sorrow, an advanced civilzation that travelled the stars of distant millennia.
In regards to the 'rating' of this game, I guess the style is fairly gritty and the language can be foul as a sailor's. I'm not sure where everybody is from, but the f-word is tossed around pretty nonchalantly in west coast Canada where I'm from! But yes, definitely an adult game. I'd say the only thing I would disallow is sexual stuff. I don't want to role play that with people!
The tone of the game is decidedly heroic so far. Characters like Sulprax demonstrate the line really well - you can be a badass, but ultimately characters lean toward the good side of the alignment spectrum. Definitely nobody leans evil.
The cosmology takes the standard D&D planes like the Feywild and Shadowfell and condenses them into the planet of Sorrow and its moons. Each moon represents a plane. Sorrow was once occupied by advanced civilization - think of the myth of Atlantis - but disaster fell and survivors fled to the various moons. Our story is set on the moon of Arkasia, which is basically a standard fantasy material plane. Travel between the moons still exists but is largely forgotten and is the stuff of myths and legends. Most people can barely remember the Arkasian Empire at its height, nevermind that of Sorrow, an advanced civilzation that travelled the stars of distant millennia.
In regards to the 'rating' of this game, I guess the style is fairly gritty and the language can be foul as a sailor's. I'm not sure where everybody is from, but the f-word is tossed around pretty nonchalantly in west coast Canada where I'm from! But yes, definitely an adult game. I'd say the only thing I would disallow is sexual stuff. I don't want to role play that with people!
The tone of the game is decidedly heroic so far. Characters like Sulprax demonstrate the line really well - you can be a badass, but ultimately characters lean toward the good side of the alignment spectrum. Definitely nobody leans evil.
Apr 10, 2018 6:18 pm
I've posted up a piece for Kit and Torden's jailbreak to move the game forward. I feel it is a bit ham-fisted to push the game forward in this manner, but I also suspect that people are happy to see the story moving forward. It's not great, but this game isn't trying to be a masterpiece, just a bunch of guys (us players that is) getting together in their spare time to roll some dice, tell a story, and have some fun. Hopefully this puts us in a place where we can move forward where you guys can take the wheel and make this story yours again :)
Apr 10, 2018 7:51 pm
I wish I could have been more involved in this introductory reboot of the game, but it couldn't have come at a worse time for me. I had nine days off work (including weekends), and I'm having a lot of trouble figuring out where the hell those days went and why I'm not still on vacation! I'm still playing catch-up at work, but luckily it's a slow time of the year, so I didn't have a lot piled up. I'm leaving work in moments so I may not get in much more than a cursory post before tomorrow. I love it that everyone is so heavy into roleplay and has a lot to say, but right now it's hard for me to keep up, let alone get a post in. I will make a concerted effort to post tonight after I get my daughter to bed.
Apr 10, 2018 10:47 pm
McDunno, don't sweat it. I know you're doing your best, and you've given me plenty of notice about your absense. I don't want to make this a chore for you :) take care of yourself and your daughter first, and get back on board when the time is right.
Apr 10, 2018 10:56 pm
Oooh, Len idea bouncing time! Or backstory first! My mind is flooding with ideas and I'm delving into Rymente territory.
[ +- ] Ryvid
Ryvid never knew the taste of a silver spoon—a common street rat—he did what he needed to survive. Breaking and entering and sneaking about were common place for Ryvid's early life. Taking here and there what ever was valuable and wasn't bolted down or too heavy to carry. His life of crime ended when his town began getting harassed by a mercenary group. They silenced anyone who raised a voice about them, the small town guard were bribed or too scared to push law to them. As such, crime became a thing controlled by them; this put Ryvid's way of life quickly spiraling into a need to act or die. Hardly a teen, Ryvid walked into the bar the mercenaries claimed as theirs and challenged the leader—a man of a great towering height, and muscles so large he could shatter boulders simply by looking at them—to a one on one combat. The leader laughed a thunderous laugh that nearly shook the room; be it the need to not be shown as weak declining combat from a kid or something else, he accepted. The time and place was set.
The leader stood, close to 8 feet, surrounded with his men; Ryvid stood alone, a frail little street boy in shoddy clothes and only a long string. The leader grinned as he drew his curved sword "This will be a quick fight." he mocked, as Ryvid picked up a rock and slung it forward. The leader was right, the fight was quick; the speeding rock pierced the leaders eye, dropping him instantly. Ryvid calmly picked up another rock and looked amongst the mercenary group; they all scattered, leaving the town out of fear.
Afterwards, Ryvid became his town hero, you could hear Ryvid's name without it being accompanied by praise. He was asked to join the army, a fine alternative to his previous life a crime, he accepted. Though he liked not having to struggle day to day, he felt empty, a need that wasn't filled; he quit after 6 months. He used the money he earned from his time serving and used it to buy two sheep and a plot of land; something the sellers were grateful to sell to such a legend at a discount. He picked up religion and his flock grew; he found what he was looking for—peace. And peaceful it was for some time, he'd receive many visits from townspeople thanking him and requests of help for pest problems that he was happy to oblige—taking only what he needed in reward.
A haunting past comes back to haunt though, a dark cloud on a sunny day. The mercenary group from before, a deed left to sit and rot, to grow in malice and scorn. Sought out the one that sent them running, labeling them as cowards to a simple boy. A silent approach as he partook in his daily bread and a number of five to his one; he quickly found himself a captive. A quick death was asked for but was hardly taken into consideration; suffering is what they came for. His flock was brought forth to him, one by one, the mercenaries slit their throats to shower him in blood. After the last one, the beatings came; time stretched on as each took their time, punch after punch, kick after kick dropping him to the floor in a pool of his own and his flock's blood. There was no stop to their task though, as they each used him for a final time—an act out of hate and disrespect more than lust—then tied it off by cutting out his heart. Their task was still not finished though, as they tied his corpse to their wagon and paraded it around town; striking fear into the town and spitting on his image as they left. He was thrown off to the side of a road to be forgotten as they grew tired with dragging him and no longer in view of anyone that knew his tales.
He awoke confused—a bad dream was it? He felt his chest and received a sinking feeling, scarred flesh where his heart is. Was this dream an actual reality? The scar certainly confirms it as true—should I not be dead, he asked himself.
The leader stood, close to 8 feet, surrounded with his men; Ryvid stood alone, a frail little street boy in shoddy clothes and only a long string. The leader grinned as he drew his curved sword "This will be a quick fight." he mocked, as Ryvid picked up a rock and slung it forward. The leader was right, the fight was quick; the speeding rock pierced the leaders eye, dropping him instantly. Ryvid calmly picked up another rock and looked amongst the mercenary group; they all scattered, leaving the town out of fear.
Afterwards, Ryvid became his town hero, you could hear Ryvid's name without it being accompanied by praise. He was asked to join the army, a fine alternative to his previous life a crime, he accepted. Though he liked not having to struggle day to day, he felt empty, a need that wasn't filled; he quit after 6 months. He used the money he earned from his time serving and used it to buy two sheep and a plot of land; something the sellers were grateful to sell to such a legend at a discount. He picked up religion and his flock grew; he found what he was looking for—peace. And peaceful it was for some time, he'd receive many visits from townspeople thanking him and requests of help for pest problems that he was happy to oblige—taking only what he needed in reward.
A haunting past comes back to haunt though, a dark cloud on a sunny day. The mercenary group from before, a deed left to sit and rot, to grow in malice and scorn. Sought out the one that sent them running, labeling them as cowards to a simple boy. A silent approach as he partook in his daily bread and a number of five to his one; he quickly found himself a captive. A quick death was asked for but was hardly taken into consideration; suffering is what they came for. His flock was brought forth to him, one by one, the mercenaries slit their throats to shower him in blood. After the last one, the beatings came; time stretched on as each took their time, punch after punch, kick after kick dropping him to the floor in a pool of his own and his flock's blood. There was no stop to their task though, as they each used him for a final time—an act out of hate and disrespect more than lust—then tied it off by cutting out his heart. Their task was still not finished though, as they tied his corpse to their wagon and paraded it around town; striking fear into the town and spitting on his image as they left. He was thrown off to the side of a road to be forgotten as they grew tired with dragging him and no longer in view of anyone that knew his tales.
He awoke confused—a bad dream was it? He felt his chest and received a sinking feeling, scarred flesh where his heart is. Was this dream an actual reality? The scar certainly confirms it as true—should I not be dead, he asked himself.
[ +- ] Idea party!
Still a spoiler as it somewhat details for background, in case peeps don't want to know Ryvid's.
Okay, I was thinking since Ryvid was dead; a large amount of time could have passed and his God is no longer followed or in the process of dying out. Ryvid was resurrected by this God (maybe the God was losing his Godlyness and he was just like 'fuck it, let's check my books. Ryvid followed me and died horribly; here's a second chance buddy.'). Maybe this is where his sling came from? Kind of combats the introductory of treasure hunter I think, but fits Ryvid better. I like the idea of the knife being exclusive to his religion, like in regards of a kirpan.
Okay, I was thinking since Ryvid was dead; a large amount of time could have passed and his God is no longer followed or in the process of dying out. Ryvid was resurrected by this God (maybe the God was losing his Godlyness and he was just like 'fuck it, let's check my books. Ryvid followed me and died horribly; here's a second chance buddy.'). Maybe this is where his sling came from? Kind of combats the introductory of treasure hunter I think, but fits Ryvid better. I like the idea of the knife being exclusive to his religion, like in regards of a kirpan.
Apr 11, 2018 12:20 am
Cool ideas!
[ +- ] Idea partying!
I love it, and I love that you are excited about it.
I like the idea of a god fading out of existence. I am always a fan of there being a set of Elder Gods that are gradually being forgotten from a setting, either usurped by the new gods (ascended mortals) or perhaps happily supplanted - it might be nice to let someone else run the universe for a change. I can see two different sets of interesting interactions between you Sulprax depending on whether Landys is an Elder God or a more modern Ascendant.
What is your god's name and what is their domain?
Mechanically this poses a quandry, but a solvable one: what happens to Ryvid when he gets to zero HP? The easy answer, and maybe the best answer, is that nothing changes; his reanimation was a one-time miracle and Death can still come to collect his soul.
Other questions abound and perhaps don't need answering yet - is he undead? Do healing spells work on him? Does he sleep? Eat? You already establishes that he drinks. The easy answer is that he does everything a regular live human does, the 'being dead' is just a flavour thing. But, I'd like to give him some differences if you're open to it. Like, he doesn't have a shadow anymore. Or, cats hiss at him as he passes. We can work on it as the game continues.
I like the idea of a god fading out of existence. I am always a fan of there being a set of Elder Gods that are gradually being forgotten from a setting, either usurped by the new gods (ascended mortals) or perhaps happily supplanted - it might be nice to let someone else run the universe for a change. I can see two different sets of interesting interactions between you Sulprax depending on whether Landys is an Elder God or a more modern Ascendant.
What is your god's name and what is their domain?
Mechanically this poses a quandry, but a solvable one: what happens to Ryvid when he gets to zero HP? The easy answer, and maybe the best answer, is that nothing changes; his reanimation was a one-time miracle and Death can still come to collect his soul.
Other questions abound and perhaps don't need answering yet - is he undead? Do healing spells work on him? Does he sleep? Eat? You already establishes that he drinks. The easy answer is that he does everything a regular live human does, the 'being dead' is just a flavour thing. But, I'd like to give him some differences if you're open to it. Like, he doesn't have a shadow anymore. Or, cats hiss at him as he passes. We can work on it as the game continues.
Apr 11, 2018 4:28 am
[ +- ] Ooh, look a party!
Not sure of the name and I'd imagine their domain is either nature or life.
I was under the impression there was a spell that could resurrect thing that have been dead for like a thousand years, skimming through the book though the highest one I could find is True Resurrection which is only 200 years. Definitely not as much time as I thought had passed but still a sizable chunk. In any case, that was the outcome; it was True Resurrection that returned him. Be it from the God himself or the highest man of that God. If the former, as I said before, the God was on his way out and probably doesn't hold any power anymore so if Ryvid dies again, it is final. If the latter, the one who cast the spell might not be around anymore, could of been a really old dude or lost his powers when the God lost theirs or has no way of knowing Ryvid's end now that the God has no way of speaking to him.
Follows the rules of True Resurrection, I'd assume so no, yes, yes, yes; like you said everything a regular live human does as that is what he is, he has just experienced death. I do like the thought of a little flavor that hints at it though.
I was under the impression there was a spell that could resurrect thing that have been dead for like a thousand years, skimming through the book though the highest one I could find is True Resurrection which is only 200 years. Definitely not as much time as I thought had passed but still a sizable chunk. In any case, that was the outcome; it was True Resurrection that returned him. Be it from the God himself or the highest man of that God. If the former, as I said before, the God was on his way out and probably doesn't hold any power anymore so if Ryvid dies again, it is final. If the latter, the one who cast the spell might not be around anymore, could of been a really old dude or lost his powers when the God lost theirs or has no way of knowing Ryvid's end now that the God has no way of speaking to him.
Follows the rules of True Resurrection, I'd assume so no, yes, yes, yes; like you said everything a regular live human does as that is what he is, he has just experienced death. I do like the thought of a little flavor that hints at it though.
Apr 13, 2018 6:04 pm
Obviously, I'm writing on the assumption Ander has never heard of Kit. He is quite famous in certain circles, though. If anyone wants to incorporate having heard of him into their character, part of his backstory is that the play "The King's Man" landed him in hot water with the crown. The "author" of the play was executed (though the author was actually Kit and the man executed was his uncle who took the blame), the troupe was disbanded, and the actors were flogged. Kit, realizing that his life was likely still in danger, skipped town shortly after. He's not an adventurer but someone who had to hit the road quick. That's why his spells and cantrips at first level were all designed to work as aids to his stagecraft (it was also a way to justify a character being fairly useless in the typical adventuring skills so the new players had to do all the heavy lifting).
Apr 16, 2018 1:51 pm
@HypCo
[ +- ] More ideas
Got off track of this discussion, but loving the ideas. Your god could be the Elder Goddess now known as the Lady of Sorrow. She was the "Earth Mother" type of Goddess when people used to live on Sorrow. It is not known if the end of the world resulted in her destruction or if her destruction resulted in the end of the world. After the lunar exodus, people continued to pay homage to her, but her divine influence gradually waned into nothingness. Few remember her actual name.
I could see a lonely shepherd looking up in the sky, seeing the big blue planet, and feeling comfort the presence of The Lady of Sorrow. How does this fit?
Also, technically you could be older than 200 years. Gods aren't limited to Level 9 spells.
Another observation: being from the past would give you a serious edge in the relic hunter business!
I could see a lonely shepherd looking up in the sky, seeing the big blue planet, and feeling comfort the presence of The Lady of Sorrow. How does this fit?
Also, technically you could be older than 200 years. Gods aren't limited to Level 9 spells.
Another observation: being from the past would give you a serious edge in the relic hunter business!
Apr 16, 2018 1:59 pm
@Naat: Orcs and goblins abound, for sure. Torden, Jabes' character, is from the mighty Dwarf Holds of the north, where in a different adventure they warred against the enigmatic Goblin King. The Dwarves eventually drove the Goblin King out from beneath the mountain, and retreated south into the forests of the crumbling Arkasian Empire. Though weakened, his forces still caused much grief. It sounds like it took 10 years of warfare to finally put an end to the Goblin King, during which Ander played a significant role.
This might provide a connection between Ander and Torden that bears interesting rp fruit.
This might provide a connection between Ander and Torden that bears interesting rp fruit.
Apr 16, 2018 3:29 pm
lenpelletier says:
@Naat: Orcs and goblins abound, for sure. Torden, Jabes' character, is from the mighty Dwarf Holds of the north, where in a different adventure they warred against the enigmatic Goblin King. The Dwarves eventually drove the Goblin King out from beneath the mountain, and retreated south into the forests of the crumbling Arkasian Empire. Though weakened, his forces still caused much grief. It sounds like it took 10 years of warfare to finally put an end to the Goblin King, during which Ander played a significant role.This might provide a connection between Ander and Torden that bears interesting rp fruit.
Apr 17, 2018 3:32 pm
Going on vacation from April 18th to April 26th. Prep will be going on beforehand, and then rest and unpacking when I get back, so I probably won't be consistent from now until the 30th or so!
Apr 26, 2018 1:16 pm
I'm kind of unclear on what our plan is here. Kit is going with Ryvid, who is going to challenge the Night Lord to a drinking contest using the enchanted mug, and the winner gets...? Meanwhile, the rest of the group is heading off to rescue the sheriff and townspeople?
I guess I'm not quite sure what the point of the drinking contest is and what Kit's role in that is supposed to be. I wanted someone to be with Ryvid so he has some backup in case things go bad, but at this point, Kit is far from an ideal backup. He's useless in melee and as a spellcaster, he can only really do damage from a distance. Disguising himself and trying to bluff his way into the prison is more his speed. Is there someone else who would be a better backup for Ryvid?
I guess I'm not quite sure what the point of the drinking contest is and what Kit's role in that is supposed to be. I wanted someone to be with Ryvid so he has some backup in case things go bad, but at this point, Kit is far from an ideal backup. He's useless in melee and as a spellcaster, he can only really do damage from a distance. Disguising himself and trying to bluff his way into the prison is more his speed. Is there someone else who would be a better backup for Ryvid?
Apr 26, 2018 1:38 pm
The rescue mission and the drinking contest both take place in the keep, so I see the drinking contest as a distraction that will draw guards from their post and such.
The rescue mission is aiming to rescue the people strung up in gibbets along the castle walls. Most of the townsfolk still live in their farms around the valley, these gibbets are reserved for the town leaders, such as the sheriff.
If Rymid succeeds, it is unlikely that the Night Blades will walk out of town, but maybe he can get their leader off their game. I think Kit could make a great backup man here. Violence will be useless if you are surrounded and outnumbered, but a well placed persuasion check or creative use of magic could go a long way. Up to you though, as always :)
The rescue mission is aiming to rescue the people strung up in gibbets along the castle walls. Most of the townsfolk still live in their farms around the valley, these gibbets are reserved for the town leaders, such as the sheriff.
If Rymid succeeds, it is unlikely that the Night Blades will walk out of town, but maybe he can get their leader off their game. I think Kit could make a great backup man here. Violence will be useless if you are surrounded and outnumbered, but a well placed persuasion check or creative use of magic could go a long way. Up to you though, as always :)
Apr 26, 2018 3:30 pm
Okay, that makes sense. I was starting to get the impression that the drinking contest was an end in itself. That Ryvid winning was somehow going to derail the Night Lord.
So Ryvid's story is that he killed a bunch of Blades, took their cloaks, and is now challenging the big man himself. I can see how some persuasion might be necessary to convince him to not kill us outright. And Kit is disguising himself as one of the Blades. Was Skeetz supposed to be going somewhere else? Would it make sense that Ryvid killed his buddies and captured Skeetz and forced him to take Ryvid to the Nightlord? It wouldn't be the first time Skeetz was captured and took his captors to the Night Blades, only to turn the tables on them. Ahem.
These are questions for everyone, really, not just Len. I should have been more involved early on so I wouldn't be holding everyone up just when the plan is about to go into action, but my involvement in all of my games has been suffering lately. Well, except for a certain one that Len, Jabes, Hypco, and I are all familiar with. A player could disappear for a month in that one, and no one would notice.
So Ryvid's story is that he killed a bunch of Blades, took their cloaks, and is now challenging the big man himself. I can see how some persuasion might be necessary to convince him to not kill us outright. And Kit is disguising himself as one of the Blades. Was Skeetz supposed to be going somewhere else? Would it make sense that Ryvid killed his buddies and captured Skeetz and forced him to take Ryvid to the Nightlord? It wouldn't be the first time Skeetz was captured and took his captors to the Night Blades, only to turn the tables on them. Ahem.
These are questions for everyone, really, not just Len. I should have been more involved early on so I wouldn't be holding everyone up just when the plan is about to go into action, but my involvement in all of my games has been suffering lately. Well, except for a certain one that Len, Jabes, Hypco, and I are all familiar with. A player could disappear for a month in that one, and no one would notice.
Apr 27, 2018 4:13 am
While it would be disappointed disappointingly anticlimactic, the thought of the Night Lord going "welp, guess I lost" and leaving due to losing a drinking game tickles me a bit.
Also if Pageflap's not gonna house in the barrel he emptied, then he'd probably fill it with the weapons he pilfered from the NightBlade corpses to give to the prisoners, give them a fighting chance to escape if things go inevitably wrong.
Also if Pageflap's not gonna house in the barrel he emptied, then he'd probably fill it with the weapons he pilfered from the NightBlade corpses to give to the prisoners, give them a fighting chance to escape if things go inevitably wrong.
Apr 27, 2018 4:34 am
lenpelletier says:
@HypCo[ +- ] More ideas
Got off track of this discussion, but loving the ideas. Your god could be the Elder Goddess now known as the Lady of Sorrow. She was the "Earth Mother" type of Goddess when people used to live on Sorrow. It is not known if the end of the world resulted in her destruction or if her destruction resulted in the end of the world. After the lunar exodus, people continued to pay homage to her, but her divine influence gradually waned into nothingness. Few remember her actual name.
I could see a lonely shepherd looking up in the sky, seeing the big blue planet, and feeling comfort the presence of The Lady of Sorrow. How does this fit?
Also, technically you could be older than 200 years. Gods aren't limited to Level 9 spells.
Another observation: being from the past would give you a serious edge in the relic hunter business!
I could see a lonely shepherd looking up in the sky, seeing the big blue planet, and feeling comfort the presence of The Lady of Sorrow. How does this fit?
Also, technically you could be older than 200 years. Gods aren't limited to Level 9 spells.
Another observation: being from the past would give you a serious edge in the relic hunter business!
As to the current plan, Ryvid isn't really fit for melee either so having a charismatic persuader or intimidator will be beneficial. I see no better fit for that role than Kit. I don't see why Skeetz going somewhere else is relevant; you don't get much choice in where to go as a defeated prisoner.
Apr 27, 2018 5:25 am
McDunno says:
... I should have been more involved early on so I wouldn't be holding everyone up just when the plan is about to go into action, but my involvement in all of my games has been suffering lately ...I'm excited that Kit is going into the keep as a Night Blade. I feel like the path we've taken since we started this game has never really given you the chance to make use of these abilities that are core to you character.
Also, hopefully this doesn't spoil anything, but I know Kit is a lot more tied to the Blight story than the Night Blades story, but the Blight story line has advanced in a few important ways that are about to become apparent as you explore the Whitesparrow Keep.
Apr 27, 2018 5:27 am
HypCo says:
All in all, everything sounds good; another job well done, Len!Apr 27, 2018 5:29 am
Jacketch says:
While it would be disappointed disappointingly anticlimactic, the thought of the Night Lord going "welp, guess I lost" and leaving due to losing a drinking game tickles me a bit.Apr 27, 2018 1:37 pm
HypCo says:
I don't see why Skeetz going somewhere else is relevant; you don't get much choice in where to go as a defeated prisoner.lenpelletier says:
I'm excited that Kit is going into the keep as a Night Blade. I feel like the path we've taken since we started this game has never really given you the chance to make use of these abilities that are core to you character.lenpelletier says:
Also, hopefully this doesn't spoil anything, but I know Kit is a lot more tied to the Blight story than the Night Blades story, but the Blight story line has advanced in a few important ways that are about to become apparent as you explore the Whitesparrow Keep.Apr 28, 2018 5:23 pm
Jacketch says:
What type of check would we have to make to pick a lock?Apr 28, 2018 6:55 pm
Jacketch says:
So I would be able to make the thieves tools with prestidigitation, I imagine?Apr 29, 2018 4:11 am
Can trinkets made by prestidigitation be shared? Pageflap should be able to make just the lockpicks, I think.
Apr 29, 2018 1:41 pm
Hey all! Good questions.
Jacketch: Yes, I'd say you could make a simple lock pick tool with prestidigitation, but only ones that would work for simple locks, say DC 10 and lower. Without the thieves' tools proficiency, you would make the lock picking check as a regular skill check but only adding your Dex modifier and no proficiency bonus. I think you can share it, but it only lasts 12 seconds or so. You can just keep casting it of course.
(Heh, jokes on you - all the locks are DC 11! Just kidding!)
Starrbeardo: Other than Kit and Torden's gear there was no mention yet, but I suspect there might be soon.
Jacketch: Yes, I'd say you could make a simple lock pick tool with prestidigitation, but only ones that would work for simple locks, say DC 10 and lower. Without the thieves' tools proficiency, you would make the lock picking check as a regular skill check but only adding your Dex modifier and no proficiency bonus. I think you can share it, but it only lasts 12 seconds or so. You can just keep casting it of course.
(Heh, jokes on you - all the locks are DC 11! Just kidding!)
Starrbeardo: Other than Kit and Torden's gear there was no mention yet, but I suspect there might be soon.
May 3, 2018 2:42 pm
Starrbeardo says:
OOC:
what's the necessary roll? Also does it matter if I assist him or he assists me if we decide that's what we're doing?May 3, 2018 3:38 pm
A fastball special, eh? I'll spare us the math and go with rules as fun. On top of Sulprax's +5 athletics, Torden could cast Guidance for +1d4. Ander could aid for advantage, shifting his weight and using his nimble fingers to grab on to the parapet to improve odds for success.
I'll set the DC at 20, so you'd have to roll between 11 to 14 for success, depending on the Guidance result. With advantage, that's a bit better than 50% odds. Fall damage is only 3d6, what could go wrong?
I'll set the DC at 20, so you'd have to roll between 11 to 14 for success, depending on the Guidance result. With advantage, that's a bit better than 50% odds. Fall damage is only 3d6, what could go wrong?

May 3, 2018 3:43 pm
Could Torden be underneath and use Gust of Wind to help propel Ander higher? I don't know if that's even a good idea (Higher chance to overshoot my goal), but I'm curious what you think about it
May 3, 2018 4:05 pm
Was actually thinking this! Gust of Wind! Perfect, because Torden ate beans today!
May 3, 2018 8:01 pm
Gust of Wind works, but then it's up to Ander to stick the landing, probably acrobatics DC 20. If things go wrong that would be 3d6 fall damage, and if things go really wrong that'd be 6d6 fall damage (60 feet). Actually, with a +7 I don't think things could go that badly.
Another factor: because Gust of Wind and Guidance are both concentration, Torden couldn't provide both. You could consider Torden as giving advantage through the help action by 'turning off' the spell at the right moment. In the end the odds of both plans are comparable so take your pick :)
Another factor: because Gust of Wind and Guidance are both concentration, Torden couldn't provide both. You could consider Torden as giving advantage through the help action by 'turning off' the spell at the right moment. In the end the odds of both plans are comparable so take your pick :)
May 3, 2018 8:02 pm
Ate beans today? Probably ate beans for 2 weeks straight in jail :) Helluva Gust of Wind you'd have charged up there.
May 3, 2018 8:23 pm
How many prisoners are up there? A feather fall may make them come down safely if we're in a hurry.
May 3, 2018 8:31 pm
If you're cool with burning a spell slot you could ready feather fall on our halfling friend in the case of an over throw or something
May 3, 2018 8:32 pm
There are 5 cages, but hard to tell if they are all occupied, or if their occupants are even alive.
May 6, 2018 2:06 am
For HypCo and McDunno, in case you are coming back from an extended break and not sure where to start:
There are two scenes going on, Kit & Ryvid's is one and the rest of the players are in another. I've split time a little bit because the others were waiting for your to go forward. So, the other players' scene is unfolding in the thread alongside yours, but yours happened first chronologically, by about 10 minutes or so.
If you two are still busy, the Kit & Ryvid scene can be put on hold. We an always reconvene in media res, where we arbitrate what has transpired to a certain point and jump into the situation in the middle. Perhaps the middle of the drinking contest or something.
Let me know when you guys are going to be back in the game and we then we can figure out where to enter the scene. Worst case scenario, if you guys are going to be out for awhile, we might end up skipping the scene and hand-waving it like we did with the Torden & Kit escape out of the Lonely Tower scene.
There are two scenes going on, Kit & Ryvid's is one and the rest of the players are in another. I've split time a little bit because the others were waiting for your to go forward. So, the other players' scene is unfolding in the thread alongside yours, but yours happened first chronologically, by about 10 minutes or so.
If you two are still busy, the Kit & Ryvid scene can be put on hold. We an always reconvene in media res, where we arbitrate what has transpired to a certain point and jump into the situation in the middle. Perhaps the middle of the drinking contest or something.
Let me know when you guys are going to be back in the game and we then we can figure out where to enter the scene. Worst case scenario, if you guys are going to be out for awhile, we might end up skipping the scene and hand-waving it like we did with the Torden & Kit escape out of the Lonely Tower scene.
May 6, 2018 9:15 am
Ryvid is waiting on Kit, unfortunately it seems McDunno has poofed. If the drinking party lags too hard, I'm fine with skipping to the drinking contest.
May 6, 2018 2:46 pm
Kit has been waiting on Ryvid. I figured that this was Ryvid's plan and that Kit's there to act as a credible prisoner and to back up Ryvid's account of things.
May 6, 2018 5:25 pm
Haha. My thinking was Kit was going to lead the way because what prisoner follows behind. The reason he was no non-sense overtly bossy here. Also it helps that Kit is leading because Ryvid doesn't know this town.
May 7, 2018 3:39 am
Ah, the joy of PbP.
No worries, I'll set up a scene that advances things a little bit. RPing the guard to buy into the plan wasn't going to be the highlight anyway, so we'll assume that was a success and jump into the scene as Ryvid is being brought before the Night Lord. I'll set something up for you in the game threat in a bit.
Naatkinson, I'll let you pick which plan is going to happen for scaling the wall. Jabes sounded cool with using the Gust of Wind spell slot, so you pick: Get hurled by Sulprax or get blown by Torden. I'm not sure if I made that second option way more or way less appealing by the way I worded that.
No worries, I'll set up a scene that advances things a little bit. RPing the guard to buy into the plan wasn't going to be the highlight anyway, so we'll assume that was a success and jump into the scene as Ryvid is being brought before the Night Lord. I'll set something up for you in the game threat in a bit.
Naatkinson, I'll let you pick which plan is going to happen for scaling the wall. Jabes sounded cool with using the Gust of Wind spell slot, so you pick: Get hurled by Sulprax or get blown by Torden. I'm not sure if I made that second option way more or way less appealing by the way I worded that.
May 7, 2018 3:59 am
So, before I post it, the plan is to fastball special to get someone on top of where the cages are so that we can then try to pick the locks to get them out?
May 7, 2018 4:41 am
Thanks for asking for clarification Starrbeardo. I think the idea is to get on top of the wall. The cages are all hanging off the wall, like this only less fancy:

I'm assuming Ander will bring a rope to help everyone climb up, and then you can deal with the cages. Haul them up? Climb down to pick the lock? Lower them down to the ground? Not sure but you will have more information to decide that once you get to the top.

I'm assuming Ander will bring a rope to help everyone climb up, and then you can deal with the cages. Haul them up? Climb down to pick the lock? Lower them down to the ground? Not sure but you will have more information to decide that once you get to the top.
May 7, 2018 9:36 am
lenpelletier says:
HypCo I've always meant to ask - what is your avatar?May 7, 2018 5:27 pm
For the ascent, I think we'll stick with the rope trick and some help from Guidance.
May 7, 2018 10:57 pm
@Naat: I might be being really dense right now, but which is the rope trick? If it's one of the options we discussed earlier, feel free to roll it out in the game thread, including the guidance die.
May 7, 2018 11:50 pm
The one where they just throw me by rope :) I'll let Sulprax roll that strength check when he has a minute
May 8, 2018 7:33 am
Hey, anybody interested in trying D&D Beyond? I've recently bought into the service with the full subscription, which allows me to share the digital books I've purchased with my players (Currently PHB and Xanathar's Guide). All you have to do is make a free twitch account and log into dndbeyond.com, you can connect to my account and read those books online, legally, for free.
Once you have your own account, use this link to hook up to my account
One of the most exciting features is the built-in character builder. Because I have the PHB and XGtE, you can make any kind of character that use those rules. The free accounts allow you to store up to 6 characters. Full disclosure, I think I can snoop in all of your character sheets.
I'm not planning on integrating this into our game at the moment. This is mostly just me sharing this thing so you guys can try it out if you're interested. In the future, I think I might use the dndbeyond character sheets for a GP game; they are super slick! Very easy to keep track of what items you're currently using, calculate encumbrance, keeping track of how many uses of an ability you have left, or spell slots. And it calculates everything. So, say you have dual wielder feat and you choose to wield two short swords - your AC automatically goes up by 1.
I heard an interview with one of the head guys on the project and it sounds legit. They are true D&D fans and seem to have full support from WoTC. There are many new features that are promised to be added in, and the price (they say) is not going to increase.
The price of buying all the books AGAIN in a digital format is pretty steep. I am able to do this because if you install the dndbeyond app on an iPad you can use iTunes GC's to buy D&D books, and I have hundreds of dollars of iTunes GCs because I taught a student whose parents worked for apple and every Christmas he gave me a huge iTunes GC. So, while I don't know if the pricing is worth it or not, it was basically free for me, so whatever. I'm only paying the master subscription with my own cash. I will likely be buying the rest of the core books, Volo's Guide, the SCAG, and maybe even the Tortle Package to use in D&D Beyond. After that, I might start buying new products digitally rather than pay for the hardcover books, since they're like 40% of the physical book price. So, you'll get access to that stuff too. Mordenkainen's Tome of Foes, I'm looking at you!
Just a heads up that at some point I might close up access to this to make room for some future game I run if I run out of space for them. In the meantime, enjoy!
Once you have your own account, use this link to hook up to my account
One of the most exciting features is the built-in character builder. Because I have the PHB and XGtE, you can make any kind of character that use those rules. The free accounts allow you to store up to 6 characters. Full disclosure, I think I can snoop in all of your character sheets.
I'm not planning on integrating this into our game at the moment. This is mostly just me sharing this thing so you guys can try it out if you're interested. In the future, I think I might use the dndbeyond character sheets for a GP game; they are super slick! Very easy to keep track of what items you're currently using, calculate encumbrance, keeping track of how many uses of an ability you have left, or spell slots. And it calculates everything. So, say you have dual wielder feat and you choose to wield two short swords - your AC automatically goes up by 1.
I heard an interview with one of the head guys on the project and it sounds legit. They are true D&D fans and seem to have full support from WoTC. There are many new features that are promised to be added in, and the price (they say) is not going to increase.
The price of buying all the books AGAIN in a digital format is pretty steep. I am able to do this because if you install the dndbeyond app on an iPad you can use iTunes GC's to buy D&D books, and I have hundreds of dollars of iTunes GCs because I taught a student whose parents worked for apple and every Christmas he gave me a huge iTunes GC. So, while I don't know if the pricing is worth it or not, it was basically free for me, so whatever. I'm only paying the master subscription with my own cash. I will likely be buying the rest of the core books, Volo's Guide, the SCAG, and maybe even the Tortle Package to use in D&D Beyond. After that, I might start buying new products digitally rather than pay for the hardcover books, since they're like 40% of the physical book price. So, you'll get access to that stuff too. Mordenkainen's Tome of Foes, I'm looking at you!
Just a heads up that at some point I might close up access to this to make room for some future game I run if I run out of space for them. In the meantime, enjoy!
May 16, 2018 11:27 pm
lenpelletier says:
Okay Ander is going to start lowering the cages, what do Pageflap, Sulprax, and Torden want to do?May 16, 2018 11:36 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
lenpelletier says:
Okay Ander is going to start lowering the cages, what do Pageflap, Sulprax, and Torden want to do?May 17, 2018 1:52 am
As posted here, wind conditions are favourable.
May 17, 2018 3:05 am
Ha! I missed the exclamation point, read that as 1 sentence, and assumed you'd simply switched two words accidentally. In other words, I thought you meant wind conditions will be more favorable later! LOL!
Okay, so Torden definitely casts Fog Cloud.
Okay, so Torden definitely casts Fog Cloud.
Last edited May 17, 2018 3:46 am
May 17, 2018 3:37 am
Ah, too funny. I was posting just before getting in my car to commute to work, so I typed hastily. Fog Cloud coming right up.
May 17, 2018 4:01 am
So other than the sheriff and her brother, how many others are there in the cages? If it's five or less I may just have Pageflap use feather fall if the guards notice us. It would burn a spell, but they would be safer faster if they start shooting at us.
May 22, 2018 9:59 pm
I'm struggling to update folks! Many deadlines colliding. Post might not happen today. Thanks for your understanding.
May 24, 2018 6:09 am
Starbeardo says:
perhapsssss leathality should not be our goal.Wearing scale mail, I couldn't trust myself to roll well enough on Stealth to get in close. Should've thought of boosting stealth with Guidance. Well, too late now. :-(
Last edited May 24, 2018 6:12 am
May 24, 2018 4:08 pm
What direction is the guards that's 115ft away? Is he on the other side of the wall? I'm having a bit of trouble visualizing it and am wondering what are the chances of someone below noticing if several guards are suddenly set ablaze.
May 27, 2018 6:11 pm
Included a badly drawn diagram as reference, red stars are the guards. Top is north.

Ryvid and Kit's scene is happening inside the keep. There aren't a lot of windows to see a fire, but it is reasonable to assume guards who survive long enough to take and action may have some way of signalling for help.

Ryvid and Kit's scene is happening inside the keep. There aren't a lot of windows to see a fire, but it is reasonable to assume guards who survive long enough to take and action may have some way of signalling for help.
May 27, 2018 6:18 pm
Given that, I would've preferred to head west to close with the west guard while blasting the guy on the stairs. But it is what it is. Add it to my other poor tactical decisions.
May 27, 2018 6:21 pm
@Jabes: I'll be sticking with the rule that only melee can deal non-lethal. Tough call, I could see it being entirely reasonable to do it the way you suggested. In some ways, I am aware that I am making it harder for you to be a good guy, but then the path of a hero has never been easy. I guess I like that heroes sometimes have to decide between their ideals and what is practical in the given situation. I know you'll be fine either way, but feel free to discuss more.
May 27, 2018 6:27 pm
Yeah I don't buy a nonlethal Sacred Flame either. Looking back there were several, far more strategic ways I could have had Torden act this round, but none of them occurred to me before I posted. Just need to be smarter moving forward. :-)
May 27, 2018 9:22 pm
PS: thanks for your patience the last little while everyone! Had a chill morning where my wife took over the twins while I got to go for a bike ride and post from a patio while sipping coffee on a beautiful sunny day :) Will respond later! You guys are doing a great job.
Jun 1, 2018 6:54 am
Hey friends I'll be out of town Friday through Monday and don't know what my internet situation will be.
Jun 2, 2018 11:03 pm
Hey everybody! Just wanted to announce that this upcoming encounter with the Night Lord is going to be this game's last scene. Defeating the Night Lord (or being killed by him) will complete the little story arc that we started in October. So, don't leave any gas in the tank!
Jun 2, 2018 11:28 pm
Oh, I guess that means it's time for Ander to get Canthus back! It's pretty much the right time by the rules anyway.
Jun 4, 2018 11:24 pm
Is the war horn the same one that sounded the first time we entered the village with the NightBlades as prisoners? Pageflap still has that sound recorded in his brain.
Also is it possible that Pageflap got his familiar back in the past 2 weeks?
Also is it possible that Pageflap got his familiar back in the past 2 weeks?
Last edited June 4, 2018 11:25 pm
Jun 6, 2018 6:38 am
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
Rescue team, time to start thinking about how to move to the next phase. Regarding the windows, there isn't much to work with. As a castle built for war rather than extravagance, the arrow slit windows would only be big enough for a halfling to fit through. The main doors to the keep is the obvious way in and the obvious way out.Jun 10, 2018 7:14 pm
lenpelletier says:
Jacketch says:
Though deaf and blind to his own senses, Pageflap begins mimicking every sound he hears to the rest of the party.OOC:
Welcome to Magic Bird Radio, straight from the Night Lord's keepOOC:
Genius, Jacketch. I've never seen anyone make such good use of the Kenku race before! Jun 10, 2018 7:31 pm
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
Burning a legendary resistance to stay sober. Jabes.plays.RPG says:
lenpelletier says:
Jacketch says:
Though deaf and blind to his own senses, Pageflap begins mimicking every sound he hears to the rest of the party.OOC:
Welcome to Magic Bird Radio, straight from the Night Lord's keepOOC:
Genius, Jacketch. I've never seen anyone make such good use of the Kenku race before! Last edited June 10, 2018 7:32 pm
Jun 10, 2018 8:07 pm
Haha, Legendary Resistances aren't just for ancient Dragons. In the DMG, it details how you can give Legendary Resistances to foes of any CR if you want to distinguish them as exceptional. Bosses and such.
Or maybe he's a polymorphed ancient red dragon.
Or maybe he's a polymorphed ancient red dragon.
Jun 10, 2018 8:33 pm
I've done the same. I had a group going up against some Yuan Ti. They would have wiped the floor with a Malison, but an abomination would have been too powerful, so I gave the Malison legendary actions and resistance.
Jun 20, 2018 5:13 pm
Naatkinson says:
Ander bends down and touches his bow to the ground, reciting a few arcane words, "Klaatu barada nikto!" Mist swirls around the bow, forming into Canthus, Ander's canine companion...
Jun 21, 2018 6:41 pm
Ha!
I laughed out loud when I read that.
In my head, I was picturing a scene of Kit-as-Skeetz weaving in and out of a crowd of 15 to 20 ruffians, changing voices and yelling a call-and-response with himself. Four. There were four of them.
lenpelletier says:
In the roaring heat of the flames and the chaos caused by Kit's ruse, Schneider and two of the other four Night Blades turn and run for the door.In my head, I was picturing a scene of Kit-as-Skeetz weaving in and out of a crowd of 15 to 20 ruffians, changing voices and yelling a call-and-response with himself. Four. There were four of them.
Jul 3, 2018 5:27 am
Hey folks sorry for the long delay in posting. Something about McDunno's comment above took the wind out of my sails for this game. But it's time to wrap it up. I owe that to all the players who have been putting effort into this game, some of you for almost a year now.
McDunno, don't sweat it. Your post itself wasn't a big deal, just symptomatic of other issues.
I'll get things going in the next few days and anyone who wants to come along is welcome.
McDunno, don't sweat it. Your post itself wasn't a big deal, just symptomatic of other issues.
I'll get things going in the next few days and anyone who wants to come along is welcome.
Jul 3, 2018 5:30 am
I'm still here! Just giving the fleeing Nightblades time to clear out before we go rushing down to the keep.
Jul 3, 2018 12:58 pm
My comment above was a laugh at my own expense! Not knowing how many people were in the room has nothing to do with your descriptions, Len, and everything to do with my reading comprehension! I'm enjoying the hell out of this game! I haven't gotten this much use out of the Actor feat in I couldn't tell you how many hours of play in my real-life game, and that's entirely due to your DMing skills. When the whole set-up for the drinking contest was happening, I had a lot going on and was falling way behind in all my games. Trying to play catch-up, I didn't read things as thoroughly as I should have, and I apologize. I suppose I should have kept my confusion to myself, but I thought it was funny that I was picturing this comedic movie scene with Kit working the crowd up by pretending to be different people, and suddenly it was replaced in my head with Kit standing in the middle of four guys trying to talk out of the side of his mouth in a falsetto, "I say we let him go!"
Jul 3, 2018 1:39 pm
For what it's worth, I knew you were laughing at yourself, and I also thought it was hilarious!
Jul 3, 2018 3:23 pm
I know you were laughing at yourself, McDunno. Like I said, don't sweat it. It is more the sum total of disruptions that have occurred during the course of this game, many of which had nothing to do with you. It's more that I'm frustrated with PbP as a whole.
Jul 3, 2018 3:33 pm
lenpelletier says:
I know you were laughing at yourself, McDunno. Like I said, don't sweat it. It is more the sum total of disruptions that have occurred during the course of this game, many of which had nothing to do with you. It's more that I'm frustrated with PbP as a whole.Jul 3, 2018 3:44 pm
I know the feeling with PbP. All of my games have slowed to a crawl. I'm not in very many (which I feel I have to say since, you know, Jabes is standing right there, and I think he's currently in more games than I've played in toto). It gets frustrating, for sure. I'm guessing it's summer, so people have a lot going on. The same thing happened last summer in a long-running game I'm in. There'd be silence for four or five days, someone would chime in, a flurry of activity would follow, then another several-day silence. This is not to be confused with the Dwarven game Len, Jabes, Hypco, and I am in. That one long ago moved out of the "frustrating" category into the "wait, this is still going on?" category.
Jul 3, 2018 10:39 pm
Naatkinson says:
PbP can be a bit frustrating at times. Anything specific that's dragging you down?Also looking forward to running Traveller. It's a "going back to my roots to rediscover my passion" kind of project. Nothing will change re: PbP pitfalls, but at least it's a change of genre. My fantasy genre creativity is waning.
Jul 10, 2018 5:46 pm
lenpelletier says:
Naatkinson says:
PbP can be a bit frustrating at times. Anything specific that's dragging you down?Also looking forward to running Traveller. It's a "going back to my roots to rediscover my passion" kind of project. Nothing will change re: PbP pitfalls, but at least it's a change of genre. My fantasy genre creativity is waning.
I found that changing genre (or at least system) helps out tremendously.
Jul 13, 2018 3:41 pm
Heading out camping tonight, will be not posting much until Monday.
Phew, managed to do the end of round 1 but had to do the entire thing on my bloody phone because of various technology fails and the fact that my summer job blocks gamers plane. It might not look like much but it took 45 minutes and many frustrations. If you see any mistakes, please let me know.
Phew, managed to do the end of round 1 but had to do the entire thing on my bloody phone because of various technology fails and the fact that my summer job blocks gamers plane. It might not look like much but it took 45 minutes and many frustrations. If you see any mistakes, please let me know.
Jul 13, 2018 3:48 pm
I feel you! I'm often forced to post on my phone, which is fine for short ones but if you need to do rolls, spoiler boxes, formatting and such, it's a huge pain!
Enjoy your trip! :-)
Enjoy your trip! :-)
Jul 31, 2018 3:45 pm
Hey everyone, sorry for the delay. Mostly a result of being forced to post from my phone at a park bench when at my summer job since the filters are much stricter and reception terrible. I spent an hour this morning typing up the whole round summary complete with rolls for Ryvid amd the monsters, formatting etc. only to get a "server hangup" error and I don't have time to type it all up again before my class starts. I just wanted to let you all know that the delay is not from lack of interest or lack of trying - I am failing, but I am not giving up. Hope you guys are still in it.
Thanks for your patience. Hopefully this posts.
Thanks for your patience. Hopefully this posts.
Aug 9, 2018 5:16 pm
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
I know Jabes is out for a few days, so I guess I'll run his character too. Running half of the party and all of the villains isn't great.
Aug 10, 2018 6:30 am
ca = Canthus, Ander's wolf (dead)
sw = Torden's Spiritual Weapon
sw = Torden's Spiritual Weapon
Last edited August 10, 2018 6:31 am
Aug 10, 2018 5:46 pm
Ah, okay, thank you. And where are the other two NightBlades? I didn't see them on the map.
Aug 10, 2018 5:53 pm
Those are the red "K" and "C" in the next room past the top door. They're currently not in melee range and are firing crossbow bolts at us.
Aug 10, 2018 10:02 pm
Sorry, I've been having troubles with the map this whole fight. It hasn't been a problem until now though, since I've been able to see it sometimes. All other times it keeps showing me Whitesparrow Inn.
How big is the second room and how close are the nightmares to each other?
How big is the second room and how close are the nightmares to each other?
Last edited August 10, 2018 10:03 pm
Aug 10, 2018 11:45 pm
I think you were in sheet 2. I've deleted sheet 2 so there is only sheet 1, the current map. Did that work?
Aug 11, 2018 1:17 am
It worked, I can see the map now. K and C aren't on it from what I can see, though.
All I really need to know for my next move is if I can get them both within the range of a flaming sphere at once
All I really need to know for my next move is if I can get them both within the range of a flaming sphere at once
Last edited August 11, 2018 2:56 am
Aug 11, 2018 6:05 am
Jacketch says:
It worked, I can see the map now. K and C aren't on it from what I can see, though.All I really need to know for my next move is if I can get them both within the range of a flaming sphere at once
I've taken a screenshot of the map as I see it in google docs:

Aug 13, 2018 7:30 am
Hey everyone I'm heading out for a 5 day camping trip and I'll be unable to post from the 13th-17th. When I get back I'll have guests visiting so I'll be a bit unpredictable in posting until September. See you soon!
Aug 21, 2018 5:34 am
Hey everyone I'm back again. Good luck slaying the final boss and his henchmen!
Sorry to knock out your character Jabes! I feel like Torden had pretty bad luck this whole game. Didn't mean to pick on you, just the way it worked out.
Sorry to knock out your character Jabes! I feel like Torden had pretty bad luck this whole game. Didn't mean to pick on you, just the way it worked out.
Aug 21, 2018 3:37 pm
No worries, Len! I think Torden has been unlucky from the moment I created him. I remember his battles in your vignette game. I recall you allowed Wrath of the Storm to trigger when he went down before against the Blades.
Aug 21, 2018 3:42 pm
Yes you can do the wrath of the storm for sure! Also, Sulprax can use lay on hands to pump 20hp back into you! And Stormbreaker with the smite spell on it is still crackling with energy too. Perhaps this is a miracle of your God's doing?
Aug 22, 2018 3:22 am
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
Holy shit, that is amazing. It shuts off their pack tactics! You should narrate that! Everyone is in the cloud now, and attacks cannot be at disadvantage or advantage. Everything is a straight d20 roll.
Aug 22, 2018 3:32 am
Fun fact: my son made a lego rhinoceros today and named him Stormbreaker. I laughed heartily.
Aug 22, 2018 1:13 pm
lenpelletier says:
Fun fact: my son made a lego rhinoceros today and named him Stormbreaker. I laughed heartily.By the way, on that Fog Cloud, where do you want it centered? Where Kit started his move or where he ended it? If it's where he ended his move, Torden, Kayne, and the Night Lord will be outside the fog.
Aug 22, 2018 5:38 pm
I'm still not able to see Kayne and Crank on the battle map for whatever reason And I don't know why not, everything else is showing up fine, though there's a mysterious 2x2 pink square on the door next to Sulprax that I don't see on the screenshot Len provided earlier.
Aug 22, 2018 6:38 pm
Weird. Maybe it's your browser. Crank is right in your face, so you should probably back up a bit. The fog should cover your retreat.
[ +- ] Battle Map

Aug 22, 2018 8:36 pm
Am I understanding Spiritual Weapon correctly: It didn't disappear when I fell unconscious?
Aug 22, 2018 9:34 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Am I understanding Spiritual Weapon correctly: It didn't disappear when I fell unconscious?Aug 22, 2018 11:15 pm
You're right as far as I can see! I didn't know that until today. Wow, a good spell just got better.
Aug 23, 2018 12:45 pm
Len, is the fog cloud centered on where Kit started his movement or where he ended it?
Aug 24, 2018 1:03 am
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
No worries, Len! I think Torden has been unlucky from the moment I created him. I remember his battles in your vignette game.Aug 24, 2018 4:01 pm
I edited Kit's last attack post (sorry, I don't know how to link to a post like I've seen others do) to describe the effects of the fog. I figured that would be the best place to put it, since it would have triggered off his Ice Knife. It also made more sense that the fog would be centered on where Kit was when he cast Ice Knife as opposed to where he ended up when he cast Eldritch Blast.
I edited the Battle Map to place an "F" in a white square to show where the fog is centered. It extends in a 20-foot radius, going around corners, which is enough to cover everyone (except the square labeled FS, which I'm not sure what that is). Everything in the effected area is heavily obscured: a creature in a heavily obscured area effectively suffers from the blinded condition (though you are not actually blinded).
Sorry it took me so long to edit the post, but that's happens when you're in different time zones; we're busy at different times!
I edited the Battle Map to place an "F" in a white square to show where the fog is centered. It extends in a 20-foot radius, going around corners, which is enough to cover everyone (except the square labeled FS, which I'm not sure what that is). Everything in the effected area is heavily obscured: a creature in a heavily obscured area effectively suffers from the blinded condition (though you are not actually blinded).
Sorry it took me so long to edit the post, but that's happens when you're in different time zones; we're busy at different times!
Last edited August 24, 2018 4:02 pm
Aug 24, 2018 4:48 pm
McDunno says:
I edited Kit's last attack post (sorry, I don't know how to link to a post like I've seen others do) to describe the effects of the fog. I figured that would be the best place to put it, since it would have triggered off his Ice Knife. It also made more sense that the fog would be centered on where Kit was when he cast Ice Knife as opposed to where he ended up when he cast Eldritch Blast.I edited the Battle Map to place an "F" in a white square to show where the fog is centered. It extends in a 20-foot radius, going around corners, which is enough to cover everyone (except the square labeled FS, which I'm not sure what that is). Everything in the effected area is heavily obscured: a creature in a heavily obscured area effectively suffers from the blinded condition (though you are not actually blinded).
Sorry it took me so long to edit the post, but that's happens when you're in different time zones; we're busy at different times!
FS is Flaming Sphere, I'd guess
Aug 24, 2018 5:08 pm
Naatkinson says:
If you want to link to a specific post, just right-click on the title of the post (in big red letters at the top of the post) and then there should be something about copying the link's address ("Copy Link Address" in Chrome or "Copy Shortcut" in IE) and then click the Link button at the top of the text box to make a link to it :)
FS is Flaming Sphere, I'd guess
My edited fog post!
Sep 2, 2018 3:04 pm
lenpelletier says:
Yes you can do the wrath of the storm for sure! Also, Sulprax can use lay on hands to pump 20hp back into you! And Stormbreaker with the smite spell on it is still crackling with energy too. Perhaps this is a miracle of your God's doing?Sep 3, 2018 1:03 am
That's why it's a miracle! Your God looks out for you sometimes, gives you a nudge when you're about to fall off the precipice. Just a nudge. It's good to be a cleric sometimes :) But if you'd rather, we can retcon it out.
Sep 3, 2018 2:46 pm
The location of my flaming sphere isn't too awkward, is it? I wasn't sure how it would work on a 3D space but I was hoping it would be positioned so it could only hit Kayne and the Night Lord.
I didn't even think about how it would be placed on a grid.
I didn't even think about how it would be placed on a grid.
Last edited September 3, 2018 2:47 pm
Sep 3, 2018 5:06 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
lenpelletier says:
And Stormbreaker with the smite spell on it is still crackling with energy too. Perhaps this is a miracle of your God's doing?lenpelletier says:
That's why it's a miracle! Your God looks out for you sometimes, gives you a nudge when you're about to fall off the precipice. Just a nudge. It's good to be a cleric sometimes :) But if you'd rather, we can retcon it out.Jabes.plays.RPG says:
No, I'll take it! Praise be to Marthammor Duin!Last edited September 3, 2018 5:09 pm
Sep 3, 2018 5:38 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Hold on a minute, so not only did Thunderous Smite not fizzle out when Torden dropped, but it zapped the Nightlord when Torden hit him (max damage thanks to Channel Divinity), and it charged up Stormbreaker AGAIN?! Oh man, this is awesome!Sep 3, 2018 9:28 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Well I missed again! XDSep 4, 2018 9:07 am
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
There are dark forces at work here beyond our control ...That fumble reminds me of this:

Oh and I thought that was actually Starrbeardo with the Sulprax assist - I just realized it was you, Len! Thanks!
Last edited September 4, 2018 9:07 am
Sep 4, 2018 12:55 pm
This is exactly what happened when the original group all got killed or captured. None of us could roll for shit.
Sep 10, 2018 6:31 am
I am having a hell of a hard time coming up with this finale vignette! Y'all aren't waiting on me, are you?
Sep 29, 2018 6:46 am
Thanks Jacketch to posing your questions via PM. Does anyone else have any questions?
Sep 29, 2018 9:29 am
I hate to admit it but I completely forgot you were waiting on us here! I promise I'll post something this weekend! :-)
Sep 29, 2018 1:58 pm
It's okay. I was considering not even saying anything, but I know Jacketch has written something great by the nature of his questions, and I want to make sure he gets a chance to post it.
Oct 3, 2018 4:25 am
Awesome post, Jabes!
Hey, now that I'm playing a cleric in Naat's game who's designed to be melee-focused, I was going to ask you a bit about your experience with playing Torden. Any cleric tips? Maybe some clerical errors to avoid? (Hehehe, couldn't resist)
Hey, now that I'm playing a cleric in Naat's game who's designed to be melee-focused, I was going to ask you a bit about your experience with playing Torden. Any cleric tips? Maybe some clerical errors to avoid? (Hehehe, couldn't resist)
Oct 3, 2018 1:44 pm
I will hopefully have mine posted within the week, but I can't make promises. Work has gotten crazy (I work in health insurance and it's open enrollment)
Oct 3, 2018 8:24 pm
Haha Len I don't know if I have any tips for you. I'd also like to know why Torden has been so ineffective in combat. A design flaw, or have I just been playing him wrong? Maybe I should enter him into CancerMan's MUD!
Oct 3, 2018 11:33 pm
I don't think he's been ineffective. He piles a lot of damage on, both on and off his turn. He seems to be a magnet for crits and great attack rolls in general, and has only 15 AC. Probably a shield would have been good; you can emblazon a shield with your deities' holy symbol and use that as your spell casting focus.
Oct 9, 2018 6:36 pm
Hey, Len, thanks for the game! I had a blast. I wished the momentum hadn't died away. Oddly, a number of the games I'm in seemed to all lose players/steam right around the same time, so I'm glad you gave us all a chance write our own conclusion. I enjoyed helping to tutor some new players, then be able to get Kit some redemption during a second act. I wish it could have continued so I could explore Kit some more.
I based Kit on playwright Christopher Marlowe (whose nickname was Kit). Marlowe was arrested for various crimes, including blasphemy and treasonous opinions (mirrored by Kit fleeing for his life after his play criticizing the crown). Kit multi-classing as a Warlock was meant to follow the path of Marlowe's "Dr. Faustus" in which the main character makes a pact with Lucifer in exchange for magic. Marlowe died at an early age, 29, though the cause is still debated. Assassination ordered by the Queen? Drunken bar brawl over the bill? Murdered over the content of his plays? Because he knew too much? Or maybe he pulled an Elvis and faked his death? And since the "faked his own death" theory dovetails into Marlowe continuing to write plays under the name "Shakespeare," I felt free to lift some of the Bard's words to put in Kit's mouth.
I based Kit on playwright Christopher Marlowe (whose nickname was Kit). Marlowe was arrested for various crimes, including blasphemy and treasonous opinions (mirrored by Kit fleeing for his life after his play criticizing the crown). Kit multi-classing as a Warlock was meant to follow the path of Marlowe's "Dr. Faustus" in which the main character makes a pact with Lucifer in exchange for magic. Marlowe died at an early age, 29, though the cause is still debated. Assassination ordered by the Queen? Drunken bar brawl over the bill? Murdered over the content of his plays? Because he knew too much? Or maybe he pulled an Elvis and faked his death? And since the "faked his own death" theory dovetails into Marlowe continuing to write plays under the name "Shakespeare," I felt free to lift some of the Bard's words to put in Kit's mouth.
Oct 10, 2018 5:19 am
I'm almost done working on my post. It's gonna be a bit lengthy.
OOC:
And there we go. Wow that took a while. Sorry for the wall, but it was fun! I am glad to have played Pageflap, he has been fun and I hope to use him again some day in the future.Last edited October 10, 2018 6:09 am
Oct 13, 2018 6:34 pm
Thanks for the game, everybody! I've put a final concluding post in the game thread and locked it up.
Thanks for your great game-ending posts. Jacketch, as usual, your post was amazing. I really loved how you went back and took so many different elements from the old posts. You really brought Pageflap alive, as good as any character I've ever seen, on Gamer's Plane or otherwise.
This game was tough for me, with so many people coming and going throughout. But, I am proud that we finished it, and I feel like I learned a bit more about how PbP works and how I fit in with it.
Take care, everyone!
Thanks for your great game-ending posts. Jacketch, as usual, your post was amazing. I really loved how you went back and took so many different elements from the old posts. You really brought Pageflap alive, as good as any character I've ever seen, on Gamer's Plane or otherwise.
This game was tough for me, with so many people coming and going throughout. But, I am proud that we finished it, and I feel like I learned a bit more about how PbP works and how I fit in with it.
Take care, everyone!
Oct 13, 2018 6:41 pm
Thanks for running the game, Len! I'll always be ready to join a game that you're the DM of :)
Oct 14, 2018 11:00 am
Thank you for running this game, Len! And thanks also to everyone who played! Special kudos to McDunno and Jaketch for some of the most inspired roleplay I have ever seen anywhere!
See you around, everybody!
See you around, everybody!
Oct 16, 2018 4:12 am
Thanks for the game, Len! I'm glad I was able to stick through it to the end, Pageflap was so much fun.